Canon w6200sm Service Manual

REVISION 0
OCT. 2003
AY3-4308-002
COPYRIGHT 2003 CANON INC. CANON W6200 N 1003 0.00-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
1003 N 0.00-0
Target Readers
This manual is published by Canon Inc. for qualified persons and contains the necessary
t e c h n i c a l i n f o rm a t i o n f o r t e c h n i c a l t h e o r y , i n s t a l l a t i o n , m a i n t e n a n c e , a n d re p a i r o f
p roducts. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, it
may contain information that does not apply to your locality.
Revisions
T h i s m a n u a l m a y i n c l u d e t e c h n i c a l i n a c c u r a c i e s o r t y p o g r a p h i c a l e r ro r s d u e t o
improvements or changes in the products. When amendments are made to the content of
this manual, Canon will issue technical information as the need arises. In the event of
major alterations to the content of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will
publish a revised version of the manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names appearing in this manual are t h e re g i s t e re d
trademarks or trademarks of the individual companies.
Copyright
T h i s m a n u a l i s c o p y r i g h t e d a n d a l l r i g h t s re s e r v e d . U n d e r t h e c o p y r i g h t l a w s , t h i s
manual may not be copied, re p roduced, or translated into other languages, in whole or in
part, without the express written consent of Canon Inc. except in the case of intern a l
business use.
Copyright 2003 by Canon Inc.

CANON INC.
L Printer Quality Support Division
16-1, Shimonoge 3-chome, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa 213-8512, Japan
This manual was produced on an Apple Power Macintosh G3 personal computer and
Canon LASER SHOT LBP-730PS laser beam printer; final pages were printed on Genasett
3100Q.
All logos graphics were produced with MACROMEDIA FREEHAND 7.0J.
All documents and all page layouts were created with QuarkXPre s s 3.3J.
I. ABOUT THIS MANUAL

This manual is divided into five parts containing the information required for
servicing the W8200 printer.
Part 1: Safety and Precautions

This part contains information on how to service the unit safety. It is very
important, and must be read.
Part 2: Product Specifications

This part outlines the product and its specifications.
Part 3: Operating Instructions

This part explains how to operate the unit properly, how it is installed, and how
to use the service mode.
Part 4: Technical Reference

This part outlines the unit operation giving a technically.
Part 5: Maintenance
This part explains maintenance of the unit. It includes details of disassembly /
assembly, adjustments required when assembling, troubleshooting procedures, and
wiring / circuit diagrams, etc.
REF.
This manual does not contain complete information required for

disassembling and assembling the printer. Please also refer to the
separate Parts Catalog.
II. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1- 1
1- 1
1- 2
1- 2
1- 4
1- 5
1- 6
1- 6
1- 6
1- 7
1- 7
1- 7
1- 8
1- 8
1- 8
1- 9
1- 9
1 -10
1 -11
1 -11
1 -12
1 -12
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 Moving Parts
1.2 Ink
1.2.1 Ink passages
1.2.2 Ink mist
1.3 Electrical Parts
2. OTHER PRECAUTIONS
2.1 Printhead
2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
2.1.2 Capping
2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time
2.1.4 Conductivity of ink
2.2 Ink Tank
2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
2.2.2 Handling the ink tank
2.3 Handling the Printer
2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
2.3.2 Fixing the carriage
2.3.3 Replacing the maintenance cartridge
2.3.4 Refilling the ink
3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER
3.1 Stored Data
3.2 Firmware Confirmation
3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity
3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly
3.5 Self-Diagnostic Feature
3.6 Disposing of Waste Ink
3.7 Disposing of Lithium Battery
Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2- 1
2- 1
2- 2
2- 3
2- 3
2- 4
2- 4
2- 5
2- 5
2- 5
2- 5
2- 6
2- 6
2 -10
2 -10
2 -11
2 -12
2 -13
2 -13
2 -13
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.1 Product Overview
1.2 Features
1.3 Printhead
1.4 Ink Tank
1.5 Cutter Unit
1.6 Roll Holder
1.7 Consumables
1.7.1 Printhead
1.7.2 Ink tank
1.7.3 Cutter unit
2. SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 General Specifications
2.2 Interface Specifications
2.2.1 Network
2.2.2 USB (option)
2.2.3 IEEE1394 (option)
2.3 Printer Driver Types
2.3.1 Printer driver
2.3.2 Printer utility
II
Page
3- 1
3- 1
3- 1
3- 2
3- 2
3- 3
3- 4
3- 4
3- 5
3- 6
3- 8
3- 9
3- 9
3- 9
3 -10
3 -10
3 -12
3 -13
3 -13
3 -14
3 -18
3 -24
3 -24
3 -24
3 -25
3 -28
3 -39
3 -40
3 -41
3 -44
3 -50
3 -50
3 -50
3 -51
3 -51
3 -51
3 -51
3 -51
3 -52
3 -52
3 -52
3 -56
3 -59
Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1. NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENTS
1.1 Names and Functions of Components
1.1.1 Front
1.1.2 Rear
1.1.3 Carriage unit
1.1.4 Internal part
2. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER
2.1 Transporting the Printer
2.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor
2.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor
2.1.3 Manual capping
2.2 Reinstalling the Printer
2.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor
2.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor
3. OPERATION
3.1 Operation Panel
3.2 Change of Printer Status
3.3 Main Menu
3.3.1 Main menu operations
3.3.2 Map of the main menu
3.3.3 Contents of main menu
4. PRINTER SERVICING FUNCTIONS
4.1 Service Mode
4.1.1 Service mode operation
4.1.2 Map of the service mode
4.1.3 Details of service mode
4.2 Error Indicators
4.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes
4.2.2 Warning and error codes
4.2.3 Description of warning and error codes
5. PRINTER SPECIAL MODE
5.1 Controller Replace Mode
5.2 Download Mode
6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE
6.1 Overview of Service Software
6.1.1 Firmware updating tool
6.1.2 Firmware recovery tool
6.1.3 Service information access software
6.2 Firmware Updating Tool
6.3 Firmware Recovery Tool of the System Controller
6.3.1 Firmware recovery procedure
6.4 Service Information Access Software
6.4.1 Service information access procedure
Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

444444444-
1
1
2
5
5
6
7
7
7
1. OVERVIEW
1.1 Printer Block Diagram
1.2 Print Signal Sequence
1.3 Print Driving
1.3.1 Print drive control
1.3.2 Print drive timing
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.1.1 Power On
III
Page
4- 8
4- 8
4- 9
4- 9
4 -10
4 -10
4 -11
4 -11
4 -11
4 -11
4 -13
4 -14
4 -14
4 -16
4 -16
4 -18
4 -18
4 -19
4 -22
4 -22
4 -26
4 -26
4 -28
4 -31
4 -31
4 -32
4 -32
4 -33
4 -33
4 -37
4 -37
4 -38
4 -39
4 -39
4 -41
4 -41
4 -44
4 -44
4 -48
4 -48
4 -49
4 -49
4 -50
4 -50
4 -51
4 -51
4 -51
4 -53
4 -56
4 -58
2.2
Power Off
2.2.1 Power Off sequence
2.3 Print Control
2.3.1 Print mode
2.4 Print Position Adjustment
2.4.1 Print position adjustment
2.5 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead
2.6 Pause between Pages
2.7 White Raster Skip
2.8 Sleep Mode
3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3.1 Ink Passage
3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
3.2 Ink Tank Unit
3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit
3.3 Carriage Unit
3.3.1 Carriage functions
3.3.2 Structure of carriage
3.4 Printhead
3.4.1 Structure of printhead
3.5 Purge Unit
3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
3.5.2 Structure of purge unit
3.6 Maintenance Cartridge
3.6.1 Maintenance cartridge
3.7 Air Flow
3.7.1 Air flow
3.8 Paper Path
3.8.1 Overview of paper path
3.9 Structure of Paper Path
3.9.1 Structure of feed rollers
3.9.2 Structure of cutter unit
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4.1 Overview
4.2 System Controller
4.2.1 System controller components
4.3 Engine Controller
4.3.1 Engine controller components
4.4 Carriage Relay PCB
4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components
4.5 Head Relay PCB
4.5.1 Head relay PCB components
4.6 Power Supply
4.6.1 Power supply block diagram
5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS
5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
5.1.1 Sensors for covers
5.1.2 Ink passage system
5.1.3 Carriage system
5.1.4 Paper path system
IV
Page
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 2
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 6
5- 6
5- 6
5- 6
5- 7
5- 7
5- 8
5 -10
5 -10
5 -11
5 -12
5 -13
5 -19
5 -20
5 -25
5 -30
5 -31
5 -32
5 -33
5 -36
5 -36
5 -37
5 -38
5 -38
5 -39
5 -39
5 -39
5 -43
5 -43
5 -43
5 -43
5 -43
5 -44
5 -44
5 -44
5 -44
5 -45
5 -45
5 -45
5 -46
5 -46
5 -46
Part 5: MAINTENANCE
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts
1.2 List of Consumables
1.3 List of Regular Maintenance
2. SERVICE TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool
3. APPLYING THE GREASE
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
4.1.2 Feed roller
5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
5.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts
5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly
5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly
5.2.2 Manual carriage movement
5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink
5.2.4 Outer covers
5.2.5 Driving unit
5.2.6 Ink tube unit
5.2.7 Carriage unit
5.2.8 Feeder unit
5.2.9 Purge unit
5.2.10 Ink tank unit
5.2.11 Boards
5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit
5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
5.3.2 Retracting the cap
5.3.3 Moving the wiper unit
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
5.5 Draining the Ink
5.5.1 Automatic ink drainage
5.5.2 Manual ink drainage
6. ADJUSTMENT AND SETUP
6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
6.1.1 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever
6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures
6.2.1 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1 Outline of Troubleshooting
7.1.1 Outline
7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting
7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
7.2.1 Ink Check
(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)
7.2.2 MTCart Full Soon
(W01006)
7.2.3 Memory Overflow
(W0100C)
7.2.4 Feed Limit..
(W0100F)
7.2.5 Incorrect Media
(W01021)
Page
5 -47
7.2.6
5 -47
5 -48
5 -48
5 -48
5 -49
5 -50
5 -50
5 -51
5 -51
5 -52
5 -53
5 -53
5 -54
5 -54
5 -55
5 -55
5 -56
5 -56
5 -57
5 -57
5 -58
5 -58
5 -59
5 -59
5 -60
5 -61
7.3
No full bleed
(W01022)
7.2.7 W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039: GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
Troubleshooting When Errors Occur
7.3.1 E02000
Roll media end error
7.3.2 E0200D/E02016
Cut sheet end error
7.3.3 E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02017/E02018
Media sensor error
7.3.4 E02015
Cutter error
7.3.5 E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error
7.3.6 E02404/E02405
Borderless printing error
7.3.7 E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error
7.3.8 E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)
7.3.9 E02520
Ink level unknown error
7.3.10 E02521/E02522/E02523/E02524/E02525/E02526
Ink level low error
7.3.11 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error
7.3.12 E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error
7.3.13 E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Engine controller internal error
7.3.14 E02815/E02816/E02817/E02818
Maintenance cartridge error
7.3.15 E02B04
Upper cover sensor error
7.3.16 E02B05
Right cover sensor error
7.3.17 E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error
7.3.18 E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit
7.3.19 E02D02
Carriage homeposition error
7.3.20 E02D03
Feed motor error
7.3.21 E02D05
Air flow fan error
7.3.22 E02D06
Ink supply valve switching error
7.3.23 E02E01/E02E05/E02E06
Carriage motor error
7.3.24 E02E10
IEEE1394 error
VI
Page
5 -61
5 -62
5 -62
5 -63
5 -63
5 -64
5 -65
5 -65
5 -65
5 -66
5 -66
5 -67
5 -67
5 -68
5 -68
5 -68
5 -69
5 -70
5 -71
5 -71
5 -72
5 -72
5 -77
5 -87
5 -92
5 -96
5 -98
5 -100
5 -104
5 -119
5 -132
5 -139
5 -142
7.3.25 E02F00
System controller internal error
7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
7.4.1 Printhead error!
(E04000)
7.4.2 Scale read error!
(E04002)
7.4.3 Turn Power Off!!
(S04010/S04011/S04012)
7.4.4 Turn Power Off!!
(E02777)
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display
7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value
7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media
7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet
Offline: Remove Cut Sheet
7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover
7.5.5 Printer Setup: Open Upper Cover
7.5.6 Printer Setup: Open Right Cover
7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display
7.6.1 Printer does not turn on
7.6.2 Network is not connected
7.6.3 Right cover does not open
7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)
7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)
7.6.6 Other printing problems
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT
8.2 Engin Controller
8.4 Head Relay PCB
8.5 Power Supply
9. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
9.1 General Circuit Diagram
9.5 Head Relay PCB
9.6 Power Supply
VII
III. ILLUSTRATION INDEX

Page
1- 1
1- 3
1- 4
1- 5
1- 6
1- 8
1- 9
1 -10
Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
11111111-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Moving Parts of the Printer

Ink Passages
Ink Mist
Electrical Parts
Printhead
Installing the Ink tank
Precautions Against Static Electricity
Capping Position
Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

222222222-
1
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
222222222-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
External View of Printer

Printhead
Ink Tank
Cutter Unit
Roll Holder
Printhead
Filter x 2
Ink Tank
Cutter Unit
Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3- 1
3- 2
3- 2
3- 3
3- 8
3 -10
3 -12
3 -12
3 -14
3 -15
3 -16
3 -17
3 -19
3 -20
3 -22
3 -23
3 -23
3 -25
3 -26
3 -27
3 -28
3 -29
3 -29
3 -30
3 -30
3 -31
3 -32
3 -33
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
3- 1
3- 2
3- 3
3- 4
3- 5
3- 6
3- 7
3- 8
3- 9
3- 10
3- 11
3- 12
3- 13
3- 14
3- 15
3- 16
3- 17
3- 18
3- 19
3- 20
3- 21
3- 22
3- 23
3- 24
3- 25
3- 26
3- 27
3- 28
Front View of the Printer

Rear View of the Printer
Carriage Unit
Internal Parts of the Printer
Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping
Operation Panel
Change of Printer States
Correlation Diagram for Each Mode
Map of the Main Menu (1/3)
Map of the Media Type
Pattern A (Image)
Pattern B (Image)
Status Print (Image)
Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)
Viewing the Software Version
Map of the Service Mode (1/3)
PRINT INF (Image)
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
INK CHECK
I/O DISPLAY
NOZZLE (Image)
SCALE (Image)
VIII
Page
3 -34
3 -53
3 -53
3 -54
3 -54
3 -54
3 -55
3 -56
3 -57
3 -58
3 -59
3 -59
3 -60
3 -60
3 -61
3 -61
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
3- 29
3- 30
3- 31
3- 32
3- 33
3- 34
3- 35
3- 36
3- 37
3- 38
3- 39
3- 40
3- 41
3- 42
3- 43
3- 44
LF ACCURACY (Image)
com_fut.exe (Startup)
com_fut.exe (Setup 1)
com_fut.exe (Setup 2)
com_fut.exe (Send Image)
com_fut.exe (Transmission is completed)
com_fut.exe (Completed Image)
ssw (Image)
ssw_head (Image)
ssw_ink (Image)
Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)
Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)
Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)
Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)
Service Information Access Software (Code Input)
Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)

4- 1
4- 2
4- 5
4- 6
4- 7
4- 8
4 -13
4 -14
4 -16
4 -17
4 -19
4 -20
4 -22
4 -23
4 -24
4 -27
4 -28
4 -29
4 -30
4 -31
4 -32
4 -33
4 -34
4 -35
4 -37
4 -38
4 -40
4 -41
4 -44
4 -48
4 -49
4 -50
4 -51
4 -53
4 -54
4 -54
4 -55
4 -56
4 -57
4 -58
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
4- 1
4- 2
4- 3
4- 4
4- 5
4- 6
4- 7
4- 8
4- 9
4- 10
4- 11
4- 12
4- 13
4- 14
4- 15
4- 16
4- 17
4- 18
4- 19
4- 20
4- 21
4- 22
4- 23
4- 24
4- 25
4- 26
4- 27
4- 28
4- 29
4- 30
4- 31
4- 32
4- 33
4- 34
4- 35
4- 36
4- 37
4- 38
4- 39
4- 40
Printer Block Diagram

Print Signal Sequence
Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks
Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)
Flow chart after Power On
Power Off Flow Chart
Printer Mechanical System
Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)
Ink Tank
Ink Supply Valve
Carriage Unit (1)
Carriage Unit (2)
Nozzle Configuration
Nozzle Structure
Signal Contact Points
Purge Unit
Caps
Wiping Operation (Image)
Pumps
Maintenance Cartridge
Air Flow
Paper Path
Roll Media feed Sequence
Cut Sheet feed Sequence
Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit
Cutter Unit
Printer Electrical Section
System Controller
Engine Controller
Carriage Relay PCB
Head Relay PCB
Power Supply Block Diagram
Layout of Sensors for Covers
Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System
Cap Sensor Flag
Pump Sensor Flag
Valve Cam Sensor
Layout of Sensors for Carriage System
Media Sensor (Image)
Layout paperpath sensor
IX
Page
5- 3
5- 4
5- 4
5- 5
5- 5
5- 6
5- 8
5 -10
5 -11
5 -12
5 -13
5 -14
5 -14
5 -15
5 -15
5 -16
5 -17
5 -17
5 -18
5 -19
5 -20
5 -21
5 -21
5 -22
5 -23
5 -24
5 -25
5 -26
5 -26
5 -27
5 -28
5 -28
5 -29
5 -29
5 -30
5 -31
5 -32
5 -32
5 -34
5 -36
5 -37
5 -38
5 -40
5 -41
5 -42
5 -43
5 -72
5 -77
5 -87
5 -92
5 -96
Part 5: MAINTENANCE
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
5- 1
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 5
5- 6
5- 7
5- 8
5- 9
5- 10
5- 11
5- 12
5- 13
5- 14
5- 15
5- 16
5- 17
5- 18
5- 19
5- 20
5- 21
5- 22
5- 23
5- 24
5- 25
5- 26
5- 27
5- 28
5- 29
5- 30
5- 31
5- 32
5- 33
5- 34
5- 35
5- 36
5- 37
5- 38
5- 39
5- 40
5- 41
5- 42
5- 43
5- 44
5- 45
5- 46
5- 47
5- 48
5- 49
5- 50
5- 51
Using the Cover Switch Tool

Applying the grase of carriage
Applying the grease of pinch roller unit
Applying the grease of feed roller
Paper Release Lever Gear
"Right side up" Sign
Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts
Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled
Manual Carriage Movement
Units Required for Draining the Ink
Upper Cover
Side Covers (1/2)
Side Covers (2/2)
Right Upper Cover
Right Cover
Front Cover
Upper Rear Cover
Rear Cover
Paper Release Lever
Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)
Tube Holder
Removing Valve Motor Unit Cover
Joints
Prevention of ink leaks
Cable Mount
Ink Tube Unit
Ink Tube Unit
Carriage Unit
Belt Stopper
Lock Pin of Head Holder
Removing the Head Holder
Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever
Feed Roller
Removing the Purge Unit
Ink Tank Unit
Valve Motor Unit
Replacing System Controller Lithium Battery
Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins
Rotation of the Purge Unit
Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)
Top View of Ink Tank Unit
Manual Ink Drainage
Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever
System Controller
Engin Controller
Carriage Relay PCB
Head Relay PCB
Power Supply
I V. TABLE INDEX
Page
4 -10
4 -24

Table
Table
4- 1
4- 2
PRINT MODES
SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF THE SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS
XI
This page is intentionaly left blank
XII
Part 1
SAFETY AND
PRECAUTIONS
Page
1- 1
1- 1
1- 2
1- 5
1- 6
1- 6
1- 8
1- 9
1 -12
1 -12
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1 -13
1.1 Moving Parts
1.2 Ink
2.1 Printhead
2.2 Ink tank
3.1 Stored Data
W6200
1.1 Moving Parts
Be careful not to get your hair, clothes, or accessories caught in the moving parts of the
printer.
These include the carriage unit, carriage belt, ink tube and flexible cable activated by
the carriage motor; feed motor-driven feed roller and pinch roller; and purge motordriven purge unit.
To prevent accidents, the upper cover of the printer is locked during printing so that it
does not open. If the upper cover is opened in the online/offline mode, the carriage
motor, feed motor, and other driving power supplies are turned off.
Carriage belt
Ink tube
Flexible cable
Carriage unit
Carriage motor
Feed roller
Pinch roller
Purge unit
Delivery unit
Feed motor
Figure 1-1 Moving Parts of the Printer

1-1
W6200
1.2 Ink
1.2.1 Ink passages
Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer or to allow ink to stain the
workbench, hands, clothes or the printer under repair.
The ink flows through the ink tank unit, carriage unit, purge unit, maintenance-jet
tray maintenance cartridge and the ink tubes that relay ink to each unit.
CAUTION
Although the ink is not harmful to the human body, it contains organic
solvents.
Avoid getting the ink in your mouth or eyes.
Flush well with water and see a doctor if contact occurs.
In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity, call a doctor
immediately.
Black ink
Glycerin 56-81-5, Carbon black
Photo Cyan/Photo Magenta/Yellow inks
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1
Cyan ink
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1, Copper compound
Magenta ink
Glycerin 56-81-5
Since this ink contains pigment, stains will not come out of clothing.
1-2
W6200
Maintenance-jet tray
Carriage unit
Maintenance cartridge
Ink tank unit
Figure 1-2 Ink Passages
1-3
Purge unit
W6200
1.2.2 Ink mist

Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media, a minute amount of ink
mist is generated in the printing unit during printing. The ink mist is collected in the
printer by the airflow. However, uncollected ink mist may stain the platen unit,
carriage unit, main rail unit, external unit, or purge unit.
These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the
printer, wipe them off carefully with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth.
Platen unit/Carriage unit/
Main rail unit
Upper cover
Purge unit
Figure 1-3 Ink Mist
1-4
W6200

The electrical unit of the printer is activated when connected to the AC power supply.
At the rear of the printer are the system controller, engine controller, power supply and
interface connector. The head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB are incorporated in the
carriage unit, and the operation panel is located on the upper right cover.
When servicing the printer with the cover removed, be extremely careful to avoid
electric shock and shorting contacts.
Operation panel
Carriage relay PCB
Head relay PCB
Power connector
Power supply
Engine controller
Interface connector
System controller
Figure 1-4 Electrical Parts
1-5
W6200
2.1 Printhead
2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head.
When installing the printhead in the printer, hold the knob, and then remove the
protective material and protective cap, in that order. Do not replace the protective cap
once you have removed it from the printhead, since the cap may scratch the nozzles.
To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink, install the
printhead immediately after you remove the protective cap. Also make sure to press
down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click.
In addition, to prevent clogging of the nozzles, never touch the nozzle unit or ink
supply unit of the printhead, or wipe it with tissue paper or anything else. Also, be
careful not to touch the electrical contact.
Never attempt to disassemble the printhead or to wash it with water.
NOTE
If the nozzles are clogged or purging operation is poor, white horizontal

lines can appear in the printed output. If the problem is not resolved by
cleaning operations, replace the printhead with a new one.
Knob
Nozzle unit
Protective material
Electrical contact
Ink port
Protective cap
Figure 1-5 Printhead
1-6
W6200
2.1.2 Capping
The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has finished or during
standby due to errors, in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage.
If the power cord is accidentally unplugged, turn the power button off, reconnect the
power cord, and turn the power button on to confirm that the printer starts up
properly and changes to the Online or Offline state, then power off the printer
using the power button.
CAUTION
Improper capping may cause clogged printhead nozzles due to dried ink
or ink leakage from the printhead.
2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time

Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended
period of time.
CAUTION
If the printhead is left uninstalled, printing failure may arise from clogged
nozzles due to the depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled.
Even if the head remains installed, the nozzle may dry out and cause
printing failure if the ink is drained for transport.
2.1.4 Conductivity of ink

The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive. If ink leaks into the mechanical
unit, wipe clean with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth. If ink leaks onto electrical units,
wipe them completely using tissue paper. In particular, if ink penetrates beneath the
IC chips on the logic board and you cannot remove it completely, replace with a new
logic board.
CAUTION
If electrical units are powered on when ink has leaked, the units may be
damaged.
Never connect the power cord when ink has leaked on the electrical units.
1-7
W6200
2.2 Ink Tank

2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
Do not open the ink tank until ready to use.
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink supply unit, install the opened Ink
tank immediately.
2.2.2 Handling the ink tank

To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and
printing problems, never touch the ink port or terminal section of the ink tank.
When you press down the ink tank cover, the needle enters the ink supply unit, which
allows ink to flow between the printer and ink tank.
Do not raise or lower the ink tank lever, except when replacing the ink tank.
Ink tank
Ink tank cover

Ink port
Figure 1-6 Installing the Ink tank
1-8
Terminal section
W6200

2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build
up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
In particular, never touch the printhead contacts.
Printhead contacts
Carriage unit
Figure 1-7 Precautions Against Static Electricity
1-9
W6200
2.3.2 Fixing the carriage

After printing, the carriage caps the printhead and uses the lock arm inside the purge
unit to apply a mechanical lock.
When transporting the printer, use belt stoppers to secure the carriage at the carriage
home position so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm. This
will prevent damage and ink leakage during transportation.
Belt stopper
Figure 1-8 Capping Position
1-10
W6200
2.3.3 Replacing the maintenance cartridge

When the maintenance cartridge detects that tank is full, the "Replace MT cartridge"
error appears. In this case the maintenance cartridge must be replaced.
The printer will not operate until the error is canceled.
Be careful that the waste ink does not splash when you remove the used maintenance
cartridge from the printer.
This printer has an EEPROM in the maintenance cartridge and the
NOTE maintenance cartridge status is controlled by the engine firmware which

reads and writes the content of that EEPROM. Therefore, the counter
information need not be initialized when the maintenance cartridge is
replaced.
2.3.4 Refilling the ink

After removing the ink in the printer according to the automatic or manual ink
draining procedure to disassemble, reassemble, or transport/ship the printer, refill
the ink as soon as possible upon completion of those tasks.
If the ink remaining in the printer after the removal has dried up, the ink deposits on
the surfaces of the components may cause damage or abnormal operation.
1-11
W6200

3.1 Stored Data
This printer counts the printing length, number of ink tank replacements, carriage
driving time, number of cleanings, and the cutter usage, and stores this information in
the system controller EEPROM (IC36) and in the engine controller EEPROM (IC421) as
the service mode counter.
The counter holds important information for indicating printer usage status.
You can check the printer information in the counter by printing it in service mode or
displaying it on the display.
Be sure to follow the precautions below when servicing the printer.
1) Repairing or replacing the PCB
Follow the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures" when replacing the system
controller and engine controller.
REF.
For the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures," see Part 5: 5.2.11

Boards.
2) After replacing the carriage unit

The information on the carriage driving time is generated from the carriage unit.
Initialize (clear) the carriage driving time information after replacing the carriage unit.
3) After replacing the purge unit
The information on the number of cleanings is generated from the purge unit. Initialize
(clear) the number of cleanings information after replacing the purge unit.
CAUTION
You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized (cleared).

Be careful that you do not perform the initialization before checking the
information.
Also, you cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel.
1-12
W6200

Firmware has been downloaded to each of a System Controller and Engine Controller.
When replacing each board with the one with Service Parts, confirm that each firmware
is the latest version. If it is not the latest version, please update it to the latest version.
REF.
For how to upgrade each board, please refer to Part 3: 6. PRINTER SERVICE
SOFTWARE.

Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up
on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
To prevent this, discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting
before you start disassembling the printer.

The Parts Catalog describes the disassembly/assembly procedures. See the Parts
Catalog when assembling/disassembling the printer. The precautions for
disassembly/assembly are described in Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY.

The printer has a diagnostic feature which analyzes printer problems (which may
occur).
The diagnostic results will be displayed on the display and indicated by a light.
For detailed information, see Part 3: 4.2 Error Indicators.

Dispose of the waste ink according to local regulations.

Dispose of the lithium battery according to local regulations.
NOTE
The engine controller and the system controller of this printer each uses a
lithium battery. The lithium battery for the engine controller is a nonreplaceable part and the lithium battery for the system controller is a
replaceable part.
1-13
Part 2
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
Page
2- 1
2- 1
2- 2
2- 3
2- 3
2- 4
2- 4
2- 5
2- 6
2- 6
2 -10
2 -13
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.2 Features
1.3 Printhead
1.4 Ink Tank
1.5 Cutter Unit
1.6 Roll holder
1.7 Consumables
2. SPECIFICATIONS
W6200
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
This printer is a large format printer which is capable of high-speed, photo-quality
printing on large-size paper up to 24 inches wide.
The printer is a desktop type. The printer is capable of output to either roll media or cut
sheet.
IEEE1394 or USB port
(option)
LAN port
Power connector
Upper cover
Right upper cover
Left front cover
Operation panel
Stand
(option)
Output stacker
Right cover
Stand assembling tool
Holder stopper
Hex key wrench
Roll holder
Belt stopper
Printhead
Rail cleaner
Ink tank
Figure 2-1 External View of Printer
2-1
W6200
1.2 Features
Light and compact body made possible by rear feeding of roll media.
Four-sides borderless printing support (roll media) eliminates tedious cutting and
simplifies poster creation.
High quality photo finish with 1200 x 1200 dpi maximum resolution using highly
lightfast, water-proof, and ozone-proof six color (C, M, Y, Bk, PC, PM) pigment ink.
High-speed printing with bidirectional print control using 1 inch (1280-nozzles) head
for each color.
Tubing type ink supply completely separating print head and large capacity ink tank.
Support for roll media and cut sheets.
Roll media with width from 297.0 to 609.6 mm and length up to 18 m can be used.
Carriage mounted cutter mechanism enables automatic sheet cutting.
Cut sheet feeding, media discharge, and ink tank replacement can be performed
easily from the front.
Standard support for 10Base-T/100Base-TX TCP/IP network. Optional support for
high-speed IEEE1394 or USB2.0 interface.
2-2
W6200
1.3 Printhead
On the carriage, disposable printhead is installed, each of which contains six rows of
integrated nozzles.
Each row consists of 1280 nozzles, which are arranged in a staggered pattern for
printing efficiency.
If print quality does not improve despite carrying out cleaning, the printhead should be
replaced with a new one. Generally, it is recommended that the print head be replaced
about 12 months after you have opened the package. The reference number of printable
pages for each model is shown below.
Approx. 2,200 sheets (Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size, 18% duty
pattern for each color)

1.4 Ink Tank
The ink tank is disposable.
There are six colors of pigment based Black (Bk), Photo Cyan (PC), Cyan (C), Photo
Magenta (PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y).
To install an ink tank, open the right cover of the printer and insert the tank. The
printer features a mechanism by which only the correct color ink tank will fit in its
given slot.
When the No Ink message is displayed, replace the ink tank with a new one. Also, the
ink tanks should generally be replaced 6 months after you have opened the package.
The reference number of printable pages for each model is shown below.
Bk/Approx. 225 sheets, PC/Approx. 300 sheets, C/Approx. 682 sheets, PM/Approx.
221 sheets, M/Approx. 327 sheets, Y/Approx. 129 sheets (Standard mode (8-pass, Bidirectional), A1 size, Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)
Figure 2-3 Ink Tank
2-3
W6200
1.5 Cutter Unit

A disposable cutter unit is mounted on the carriage.
When the cutter becomes dull, increment the position adjustment dial by 1. If the dial
is at 3, replace with a new cutter unit.
Figure 2-4 Cutter Unit

1.6 Roll Holder
The roll holder for a 2-inch inner diameter paper tube is shipped with the printer.
The roll holder locks into the cardboard tube of roll media with an outer diameter not
more than 130mm.
Figure 2-5 Roll Holder
2-4
W6200
1.7 Consumables
1.7.1 Printhead
This consumable printhead is the same as the printhead shipped with the printer.
The filters are included with the printhead and they should be replace before the
printhead when replacing the printhead.
Figure 2-7 Filter x 2

1.7.2 Ink tank
The ink tanks are consumable and are available in six colors Black (Bk), Photo Cyan
(PC), Cyan (C), Photo Magenta (PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y). Consumable ink
tanks are the same as the ink tanks shipped with the printer except for the package.
Each bottle has a life of 6 months from the time the package is opened.
Figure 2-8 Ink Tank

1.7.3 Cutter unit
The consumable cutter unit is the same as the cutter unit shipped with the printer.
2-5
W6200
2. SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type
W6200: Bubble jet printer (Desktop type)
2. Feeding system
Roll media: Manual (rear setting)
Cut sheet: Manual (front setting)
3. Feeding capacity
Roll media: 1 roll (outer diameter: 130mm or less)
Standard roll holder (provided with the product): inner diameter of
the paper tube: 50.8mm (2)
Cut sheet: 1 sheet
4. Delivery system
Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction
5. Sheet delivery capability
1 sheet (Delivered in stacker)
6. Cutter
Automated replaceable cartridge-type cutter
7. Type of media
Heavy coated paper, Coated paper, Back light film, Proofing paper, Photo semi-glossy
paper, Photo glossy paper, Plain paper, Synthetic paper (with/without adhesive),
Flame-resistant cloth, Matte film, Glossy paper
8. Supported thickness
80m to 500m
2-6
W6200
9. Media size
Media
Width
Roll media*1 297.0mm (11.69)*2 to 609.6mm (24)*3
Cut sheet
203.3mm (8)*4 to 609.6mm (24)*3
1
* Outer diameter of roll:130mm or less.
*2 ISO A4 size or larger
*3 ARCH D size or smaller
*4 8x 10 or larger
Length
210.0mm (8.27)*2 to 18m (708.66)
203.3mm (8)*3 to 914.4mm (36)*3
10. Printable area

Printable area : Inner part of media excluding the area specified in "11. Margins"
Max. recommended printing area : Max. standard-size of 609.6mm x 914.4mm (24"
x 36") or less.
11. Margins
Leading edge
Trailing edge
Left edge
Right edge
Roll media
5mm
5mm
5mm
5mm
Borderless (roll media)

0mm
0mm
0mm*1
0mm*1
Cut Sheet
5mm
23mm
5mm
5mm
*1 Left and right edges are 0mm for flame-resistant cloth.

12. Printing speed and direction
Media type
Mode
Plain paper
Coated paper
Heavy coated
paper
Other
Print-pass
Draft
Standard
High
Draft
Standard
High
Draft
Standard
High
Standard
High
Print
resolution (dpi)
300x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
300x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
600x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
2-pass
4-pass
8-pass
2-pass
8-pass
8-pass
4-pass
8-pass
8-pass
8-pass
8-pass
Printing
direction
Bi-directional
Uni-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Highest
1200x1200
10-pass
Bi-directional
Print speed*1
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
1.5
4.5
7.0
1.5
4.5
7.0
2.5
4.5
7.0
4.5
7.0
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
min.
Approx. 11.0 min.
*1 Time from when the carriage starts moving until the final band is output for A1
size paper. Data transfer time is not included.
2-7
W6200
13. Emulation
None
14. Interface
Network 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX (compliance with IEEE802.3 standards)
Compliance with USB specification 2.0 standards (option)
Compliant with IEEE1394-1995 standards and P1394a (Version2.0) (option)
15. Printhead/Ink Tank
Printhead and separate ink tanks
Printhead
Architecture
Maximum number of sheets

that a printhead can print
Ink tank
Ink type
Ink capacity
Maximum number of sheets
that an ink tank can print
BC-1450
Six rows of integrated nozzles arranged in parallel
One row of nozzles: 1280 nozzles arranged in a
staggered pattern
Approx. 2,200 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size,
18% duty pattern for each color)
BCI-1431 Bk/PC/C/PM/M/Y
Pigment ink
Approx. 130 ml
Bk/Approx. 225 sheets, PC/Approx. 300 sheets,
C/Approx. 682 sheets, PM/Approx. 221 sheets,
M/Approx. 327 sheets, Y/Approx. 129 sheets
(Standard mode (8-pass, Bi-directional), A1 size,
Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)
2-8
W6200
16. Detection functions

Paper detection
:
Paper width detection
:
Paper slip detection
:
Carriage home position detection :
Carriage temperature detection :
Ink tank detection
:
Maintenance cartridge detection :
Head cap position detection
:
Paper release lever position detection
:
Remaining roll media detection :
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Paper leading and trailing edge detection

Skew detection
Carriage position detection
Carriage cover open/close detection
Printhead detection
Ink level detection
Waste ink full detection
Covers open/close detection
Roll media trailing edge detection
Feed roller rotation detection
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
17. Operating noise

Sound pressure level*1
During standby : Approx. 35dB(A) max.

During printing : Approx. 55dB(A) max. (High mode)
1
* Based on ISO9296 sound pressure level.
18. Environmental conditions

Operating environment
: Temperature 5C to 35C, Humidity 10% to 90%RH
Print quality guaranteed
: Temperature 15C to 30C, Humidity 10% to 80%RH
environment
19. Power supply
AC100V to 240V
50Hz/60Hz
20. Power consumption
Maximum
Power save mode
Power off
at 100V/220V input voltage

160 W max.
28 W max.
1 W max.
21. Printer unit dimensions

W1,200mm x D752mm x H1,097mm (including the stand)
22. Weight
Weight Approx. 47.5kg (including stand), approx. 38.5kg (without stand)
2-9
W6200

2.2.1 Network
1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE802.3 standards
2) Data transfer
10Base-T/100Base-TX
3) Signal level
Input : threshold
10 Base-T :
max +585mV
min +300mV
100 Base-TX : turn-on +1000mV diff pk-pk
turn-off +200mV diff pk-pk
Output:
10 Base-T :
100 Base-TX :
+2.2V ~ +2.8V
+0.95V ~ +1.05V
4) Interface cable
Category 5 (UTP or FTP) cable, 100 m max.
Compliance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B standards
5) Interface connector
Printer side: IEEE802.3 standards, compliance with ANSI X3.263 standards, and
ISO/IEC60603-7 standards
Cable side: Compliance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B standards,
RJ-45 type
6) Input/output signals and pin configuration
For details, see Part 5: 8. CONNECTOR POSITION AND PIN ARRANGEMENT.
2-10
W6200
2.2.2 USB (option)

1) Interface format
USB 2.0, Full Speed (12Mbit/sec), High Speed (480Mbit/sec)
2) Data transfer
Control transfer
Bulk transfer
3) Signal level
Input:
Input sensitivity difference: +0.2 V (Max.)
Common mode difference: +0.8 V to +2.5 V
Output:
Static output High: +2.8 V to +3.6 V
Static output Low: +0.3 V max.
4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 5.0 m max.
Compliance with USB standards
Wire materials
AWG No. 28, data wire pair (AWG: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No. 20 to No. 28, wire pair
Printer side: USB standards, series B receptacle
Cable side: USB standards, series B plug
2-11
W6200
2.2.3 IEEE1394 (option)

1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE1394-1995, P1394a (Version 2.0) standards
2) Data transfer
Asynchronous transfer
3) Signal level
Input:
Differential input voltage:
S100 During
During
S200 During
During
S400 During
During
negotiation period +173 mV to +260 mV

data reception +142 mV to +260 mV
Output:
Differential output voltage: +172 mV to +265 mV
4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 4.5 m max.
Compliance with IEEE1394-1995 standards or P1394a (Version 2.0) standards
Printer side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (socket)
Cable side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (plug)
2-12
W6200

The relationship between the required operating environment and drivers for this
printer and the supplied software is shown in the table below.
2.3.1 Printer driver

: Supported, : Not supported, - : Not supported due to OS and printer specification
Interface
10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ USB1.1*2 USB2.0*3 IEEE1394*4
100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX
TCP/IP
AppleTalk IPX/SPX*1
OS
LPR
PAP
NetBEUI
Windows95
Windows98
WindowsMez
WindowsNT4.0SP6
*5
Windows2000
*5
WindowsXP
MacOS8.6
MacOS9
*6
MacOSX
*1
: Supported NetWare server versions are NetWare4.2(J) and NetWare5.1(J)
*2
: Printer Class1.0 Canon-1284.4
*3
*4
: 400Mbps with SBP2 PPDT
*5
: If USB2.0 support module is installed
*6
: Port 9100 or LPR is used (Rendezvous-compliant : OS 10.2.3 or later)
2.3.2 Printer utility

a) NetSpot Console
Interface
10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/
100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX
TCP/IP
IPX/SPX*1 AppleTalk
NetBEUI
OS
(Novell)
PAP
Windows95
Windows98
WindowsMe
WindowsNT4.0SP6
Windows2000
WindowsXP
MacOS8.6
MacOS9
MacOSX
*1
2-13
W6200
b) Network initial setup tool (GARO Device Setup Utility)

Interface
10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/ 10Base-T/
100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX 100Base-TX
TCP/IP
IPX/SPX*1 AppleTalk
NetBEUI
Canon
OS
(Novell)
PAP
Original
Windows95
Windows98
WindowsMe
WindowsNT4.0SP6
Windows2000
WindowsXP
MacOS8.6
MacOS9
MacOSX
*1
c) Firmware update tool
Interface
TCP/IP
AppleTalk IPX/SPX*1
OS
LPR
PAP
NetBEUI
Windows95
Windows98
WindowsMe
WindowsNT4.0SP6
*5
Windows2000
*5
WindowsXP
MacOS8.6
MacOS9
MacOSX
*1
*2
*3
*4
: 400Mbps with SBP2 PTDT
*5
2-14
W6200
d) LPR(Line Printer Remote)

: Supported, : Not supported
Interface
10Base-T/
100Base-TX
TCP/IP
OS
LPR
*1
Windows95
*1
Windows98
*1
WindowsMe
*2
WindowsNT4.0SP6
*2
Windows2000
*2
WindowsXP
MacOS8.6
MacOS9
MacOSX
*1
: Requires installation of Canon LPR Port
*2
: LPR(Standard TCP/IP Port) supported by default
e) Remote UI
Web server that enables network computer to display printer status, set printer, and
stop or delete jobs from a Web browser. This is integrated with the network interface
of the printer's system controller PCB.
Supported WWW browser: Netscape Navigator/Communicator4.04 or later
(Netscape Navigator6 is not supported)
Microsoft Internet Explorer4.01(SP1) or later
f) Status monitor
Interface
TCP/IP
AppleTalk IPX/SPX*1
OS
LPR
PAP
NetBEUI
*5
Windows95
*5
Windows98
*5
WindowsMe
*5
WindowsNT4.0SP6
*5
*6
Windows2000
*5
*6
WindowsXP
*7
*7
MacOS8.6
*7
*7
*7
MacOS9
*7
*7
*7
MacOSX
*1
*2
*3
*4
: 400Mbps with SBP2 PTDT
*5
: NetBEUI and Netware NDPS connection are not supported
*6
*7
: This function is integrated with the driver (Print Monitor)
2-15
Part 3
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
Page
3- 1
3- 1
3- 4
3- 4
3- 9
3 -10
3 -10
3 -12
3 -13
3 -24
3 -24
3 -39
3 -50
3 -50
3 -50
3 -51
3 -51
3 -52
3 -52
3 -56

3. OPERATION
3.1 Operation Panel
3.3 Main Menu
4.1 Service Mode
5.2 Download Mode
6. Printer Service Software
W6200
Part 3: Operations

The names and functions of the printer parts are shown below.
1.1.1 Front
Upper cover
This cover is opened when installing the printhead,
sets cut sheets, removing paper jams inside the
printer, and other operations.
Paper delivery assist guide
Pull out when printing.
It prevents the paper from hitting against
the head. Push in when cutting paper
manually.
Operation panel
The operation panel includes the
Power button, Online button, and
display.
Right cover
This cover is locked when the
printer is printing or sucking
ink. It is unlocked during
standby or when replacing the
ink tank.
Output stacker
This is a cloth tray where the printed
media are stacked.
Stand (option)
This is a platform with casters that
supports the printer unit.
The inside of the stand can be equipped
with an output stacker.
Figure 3-1 Front View of the Printer
3-1
W6200
Part 3: Operations
1.1.2 Rear
Paper release lever
Releases the pinch roller pressure.
Ground cable connector
The ground cable is connected here.
Power connector
The power cord is
connected here.
LAN port
Expansion slot (option)
Figure 3-2 Rear View of the Printer

1.1.3 Carriage unit
Printhead lock cover
This cover is used to lock the
printhead. This is opened when
installing the printhead.
Carriage cover
This cover protects the carriage.
This cover is opened when
installing the printhead.
Printhead
Carriage
Print head lock lever

This lever is used to lock the
printhead lock cover. This lever
is opened when installing the
printhead.
Figure 3-3 Carriage Unit

3-2
W6200
Part 3: Operations
1.1.4 Internal part
Filter
Filter
Figure 3-4 Internal Parts of the Printer
3-3
W6200
Part 3: Operations

Do not remove the printhead once they are installed, as this may cause the nozzles to
dry out or accumulate foreign matter. Also the head must be capped and stay in the
carriage while transporting the printer. In spite of this precaution, shocks incurred
during transportation can still damage the print heads. Print the "Nozzle Check" before
moving the printer, print the "Nozzle Check" after installing in a new location, and
compare the two printouts. If any deterioration is evident in the output quality, replace
the printhead with new ones.

This subsection describes how to transport the printer.
When moving the printer to another place on the same floor of the building, move it
slowly so that it does not receive any shocks. Follow the steps shown in 2.1.1 Moving the
printer on the same floor.
When moving it elsewhere, follow the steps shown in 2.1.2 How to transport the printer to a
different floor to a Different Floor and Means of Transportation to prevent ink leakage
during transportation.
CAUTION
Always hold the carrying handles at the bottom of the printer when lifting
and moving the printer. Holding the printer by its cover can deform the
cover.
Moving or transport operations where the printer needs to be temporarily
tilted or stood upright must be performed by service personnel.
3-4
W6200
PART 3 Operations
2.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor

1) Turn off the [Power] button, and check that the heads are capped.
2) Open the upper cover, and mount the belt stopper.
CAUTION
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printhead.
Close the upper cover.

Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot.
Remove the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
If the printer is mounted on a stand, unlock the casters on the stand.
Hold the printer carrying handle at the bottom, and then slowly move the printer.
CAUTION
If the printer is subjected to strong vibrations when it is moved, it can

cause ink leakage or damage to the printhead. Be sure to move the printer
slowly and carefully.
3-5
W6200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor

Follow the steps shown in a) When the printer is operating properly. When the printer
is not operating properly due to breakdown or a power-supply problem, follow the
steps shown in b) When the printer is not operating properly.
a) When the printer is operating properly
CAUTION
To prevent the waste ink from leaking, drain the ink, and then remove the
maintenance cartridge. Package the removed maintenance cartridge so
that the waste ink does not leak from it.
1) Turn on the [Power] button on the printer

2) Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot.
3) While referring to Part 3: 3.3 Main Menu, enter the Main menu, and then select
"System Setup" > "Move Printer". Follow the instructions in the messages, and
remove all of the ink tanks.
Put the removed ink tanks in the plastic bag with the ink supply part upward and
close the opening.
It takes about 4 minutes to complete the "Move Printer" operation.
CAUTION
"Move Printer" cannot be selected when "MTCart Full Soon" is displayed.

In this case, replace the maintenance cartridge first.
Never disconnect the power cord, or open the covers while the "Move
Printer" operation is in progress since this can cancel the operation. If
the "Move Printer" operation is canceled while in progress, the printer
will remain in offline mode, and it will not switch to online mode. "Ink
Filling" is performed when the power is turned back on after canceling so
repeat "Move Printer" from the beginning.
The "Move Printer" operation will drain ink from the printer to the
maintenance cartridge. The drain ink amounts are approx. 25g per color.
4) Once the "Move Printer" operation is completed, turn off the [Power] button.
5) Open the upper cover, check that the heads are capped, and then use the belt
stopper to secure the carriage in place. (Refer to Part 1: 2.3.2 Fixing the carriage.)
CAUTION
When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printhead.
3-6
W6200
Part 3: Operations
6) Close the upper cover.

7) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord from the printer.
8) Wait 15 minutes after "Move Printer" and then remove the maintenance cartridge
and package them so that used ink does not leak from them.
Check that used ink is no longer leaking after removing the maintenance
CAUTION cartridge. If it is leaking, install the maintenance cartridge and wait until
leaking stops.
9) Attach the cushioning materials and tape.
10) If the printer is mounted on a stand, remove the printer from the stand.
11) Pack the printer into the packing box, and then put the roll media, ink tank, and
optional devices in another packing box for moving.
Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.
b) When the printer is not operating properly
1) Make sure that the printer is turned off.
2) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
3) Remove the roll holder from the roll holder slot.
4) While referring to Part 5: 5.5.2 Manual Ink Drainage, drain the ink from the printer.
5) While referring to Part 3: 2.1.3 Manual Capping, perform the capping operation.
6) Remove the maintenance cartridge, and then package it so that the waste ink
does not leak from it.
7) Attach all of the exterior covers
8) Open the upper cover, and then use the belt stopper to secure the carriage in
place. (Refer to Part 1: 2.3.2 Fixing the carriage.)
9) Close the upper cover.
10) Attach the cushioning materials and tape.
11) If the printer is mounted on a stand, remove the printer from the stand.
12) Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.
3-7
W6200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.3 Manual capping

When transporting the printer, cap the Printhead to protect the nozzles from drying
out and to keep them clean. Follow the procedures described below:
1) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins,
open all of the caps.
2) Move the carriage to the home position.
3) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins.
CAUTION
Manual capping is an emergency measure when the printer does not

operate. Manual capping can damage the printhead.
Carriage unit
Move until it comes to a stop.
Figure 3-5 Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping
3-8
W6200
Part 3: Operations

2.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor
If ink has not been drained from the printer when moving it to another place on the
same floor, then an operation check (Test Print) needs to be performed after the
printer is moved to a new location.
2.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor

If ink has been drained when transporting the printer to a different floor, follow the
installation procedure below. It is nearly identical to the procedure when installing for
the first time.
1) Unpack the printer, and mount the printer on a stand if a stand is included.
2) Remove the cushioning materials and tape.
3) Reattach the maintenance cartridge.
4) Remove the belt stopper.
5) Connect the power cord and ground wire.
6) Turn on the power and following the instruction in the message to install the ink
tank. The ink is filled.
7) Load the media, and perform the operation check.
3-9
W6200
Part 3: Operations
3. OPERATION
3.1 Operation Panel
This section describes the function of the buttons and the meaning of the LEDs on the
operation panel.
Buttons
Button
Paper Source
Data
Lamp
Message
Power
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
6
7 10
8
1
Cancel
Enter
11
Online
Paper Source
Message
Power
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
Cancel
2
3
Data
12
13
4
5
Enter
Online
14
15
Figure 3-6 Operation Panel

1) [Paper Source] button
Offline status: This button switches the paper source between roll media and cut
sheets.
2) [Cancel] button
Offline status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the job in
progress or ink drying and then discharges the media.
Pause status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the paused
job and discharges the media.
3) [<] button
Offline status: When the upper cover, right cover, and paper release lever are all
closed, holding down this button for at least 1 second moves the carriage to the left.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used
to display the previous option.
>
4) [ ] button
Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to go to the next lower-level menu.
5) [>] button
Offline status: When the upper cover, right cover, and paper release lever are all
closed, holding down this button for at least 1 second moves the carriage to the left.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used
to display the next option.
>
6) [ ] button
Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and reverse-feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is
discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to return to the next higher-level
menu.
3-10
W6200
Part 3: Operations
7) [Enter] button
When setting values are displayed: This button sets or executes the selected value
or operation.
8) [Power] button
This button is used to turn the printer on and off.
When the power is off: Pressing this buttons turns on the power.
When the power is on: Holding down this button for about 1 or more seconds turns
off the power.
9) [Online] button
This button switches between online status, offline status, and menu display.
Online status: This button switches to offline status.
Offline status: This button switches to menu display.
Menu display: This button cancels the menu operation and switches to online
status. When an error message is displayed or media is not loaded, however, the
printer does not switch to online status until the problem is resolved. In case of
maintenance cartridge related error or "Ink level ?" error, the error can be canceled
by pressing the [Online] button.
Job processing: This button switches to the pause status and pauses processing of
the job.
Pause status: Resumes temporarily halted job.
10) Roll Media lamp
On: This indicates that roll media has been selected as the paper source.
11) Cut Sheet lamp
On: This indicates that cut sheets have been selected as the paper source.
12) DATA lamp
On: This indicates that a job is being received or processing.
Flashing: This indicates that there is a job that has been stopped in pause status.
Off: This indicates that there are no jobs.
13) Message lamp
On: This indicates that a warning is displayed.
Flashing: This indicates that there is an error or the printer is in service mode.
Off: This indicates that operation is normal.
14) Online lamp
On: This indicates that the printer is in online status or job processing status.
Flashing: This indicates that media are being loaded.
Off: This indicates that the printer is in offline status, pause status, sleep status, or
is turned off.
15) Display
The display shows the printer status and menu options. (16 characters x 2 lines)
3-11
W6200
Part 3: Operations

The chart below illustrates the various states of the printer and how they are changed
by means of key operations.
[Sleep status]
The printer enters Sleep mode from any one
of the states shown in the box when no key
operations or print command are issued for
a preset period of time.
When the printer wakes from Sleep mode,
it returns to the same state.
Power ON
Initializing
Canon W6200
Please wait..
Key operations and print commands
Offline
Online
Holding down power button for

adout 1 or more secounds.
Printing
Pause
Job Cancel..
MAIN MENU
Head Cleaning
Shut Down..
Please Wait..
Pause
MAIN MENU
System Setup
Power Off
Figure 3-7 Change of Printer States
Addition
MAIN MENU
SERVICE MODE
Figure 3-8 Correlation Diagram for Each Mode
3-12
[POWER] button
[ONLINE] button
[CANCEL] button
Auto
W6200
Part 3: Operations
3.3 Main Menu

The printer has a Main Menu which provides the user with access to various adjusting
and configuring features, for example: adjusting print position; performing cleaning or
other maintenance features; auto-cutting, ink drying time and other print settings;
message language and other parameter settings.
3.3.1 Main menu operations

a) How to enter the Main Menu
To enter the Main menu, press the printer's [Online] button several times.
b) How to exit the Main Menu
Press the [Online] button once to exit the Main menu.
[<] button or [>] button

[ ] button
[ ] button
[Enter] button
>
>
c) Buttons used in the Main Menu

Selecting menus and parameters:
Entering a lower-level menu:
Entering a higher-level menu:
Setting menus and parameters:
3-13
W6200
Part 3: Operations
3.3.2 Map of the main menu

The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Main Menu is as shown below.
*: Default values are underlined
*1: Displayed only when printing

*2: Displayed only when the cutter
is enabled
*3: Displayed only in roll media mode
MAIN MENU
*4: Displayed the media type (Refer to

Figure 3-12 Map of the Media Type)
*5: Yes/No can be selected when the
[Enter] key is pressed after selecting
the ink tank.
Head Cleaning
Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
Rep. Ink Tank *1
Yes
No
Force Cutting *2 *3
Yes
No
Media Type
*4
Auto Cut *3
Yes
Print Cut Line
No
Adjust Printer
Print Pattern
Print Pattern A
Print Pattern B
Print Patte
On
Off
Feed Priority
Band Joint
Print Length
Adjust Length
(-0.70%) - (0.70%)
(Interface Setup)
Figure 3-9 Map of the Main Menu (1/3)
3-14
W6200
Part 3: Operations
(Interface Setup)
Interface Setup
IP Setting
IP Address
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(0. 0. 0. 0)
Subnet Mask
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(0. 0. 0. 0)
Default G/W
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(0. 0. 0. 0)
EOP Timer
10 sec.
30 sec.
1 min.
2 min.
5 min.
10 min.
30 min.
60 min.
System Setup
Cutter
*4
Enable
Disable
Buzzer
On
Off
Sleep Timer
Off
5 min.
10 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
Replace P. head
No
Yes
Move Printer
No
Yes
(Test Print)
(Cut Dust Reduct)
3-15
W6200
Part 3: Operations
Move Printer
(System Setup)
Cut Dust Reduct.
*4
On
Off
Ink Check Off *5
Bk Ink Tank
No
Yes
PC Ink Tank
No
Yes
Language
C Ink Tank
English
No
Yes
Francais
Deutsch
PM Ink Tank
No
Italiano
Yes
Espanol
Test Print
M Ink Tank
Status Print
No
Nozzle Check
Information
Yes
Y Ink Tank
Ink
Version
No
Memory
Yes
Interface
Ext. Interface
MAC Address
ERROR
Page size
Print density
3-16
W6200
Part 3: Operations
* Default values are underlined
Plain paper
Coated Paper
Heavy Coated
Glossy Paper
Photo Glossy
Photo Semi-Glos
Synthetic Paper
Adhesive Synthetic Paper
Matte Film
Back Light Film
Flame-Resistant Cloth
Proofing Paper 2
Special 1
Special 2
Special 3
Special 4
Special 5
Figure 3-12 Map of the Media Type
3-17
W6200
Part 3: Operations
3.3.3 Contents of main menu

The available options in the main menu are described below.
1) Head Cleaning
This option cleans the printhead to prevent nozzles from getting clogged and to
recover nozzles that are already clogged.
2) Rep. Ink Tank
Displayed only while printing.
Select this option when replacing the ink tank while printing. It unlocks the right
cover so that the ink tank can be replaced.
3) Force Cutting
This option is displayed only when "Cutter" for the current paper type is set to
"Enable" in Roll Media mode.
This option is used to cut the media at any selected position when in Roll Media
mode.
However, if the cutting position is within 10 cm of the media leading edge, the media
will be fed until there is 10 cm at the edge of the media.
The operation will end without cutting if the media is not fed to the cutting position.
4) Media Type
This is used to select the media type loaded on the tray.
5) Auto Cut
This option is displayed only in Roll Media mode.
When printing in Roll Media mode, this is used to select the operation that is
performed at the trailing edge of each media after printing is finished.
To cut the media, select the "Yes" setting. To print a cut line at the cut position
without cutting, select the "Print Cut Line" setting. Also, to print without cutting,
select the "No" setting.
3-18
W6200
Part 3: Operations
6) Adjust Printer
a. Print Pattern
This option allows the user to check if the nozzles are discharging normally or if the
discharge positions are misaligned.
Check each test pattern, and make the proper adjustment settings.
Print Pattern B can be set for all media types.
Print Pattern A
Pattern for even and odd adjustment, bi-directional adjustment, and color
separation adjustment.
Even and Odd adjustment
: 1200dpi, 8-pass, Uni-directional printing
Bi-directional adjustment
: 600dpi, 2-pass, Bi-directional printing
Color separation adjustment : 600dpi, 1-pass, Uni-directional printing
Canon Large Format Printer W6200PG HEAD ADJUSTMENT

MAC ADDRESS : 0000852D9035
14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 14 12 10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6
Even and Odd

adjustment
1280dot
Bi-directional
adjustment
1280dot
(Print speed : 25inch/sec)
Bi-directional
adjustment
1280dot
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
+5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
+5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5
C1
Color separation
1280dot
adjustment
Color separation
1280dot
adjustment
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
+10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
+10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 +10 +8 +6 +4 +2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
Figure 3-13 Pattern A (Image)

With print pattern A, the visibility of the print result may be poor on paper
NOTE other than coated paper, heavy coated paper, photo glossy paper, photo
semi-glossy paper, or proofing paper2. In such a case, without changing

the setting, press the Enter button and proceed to the next item.
3-19
W6200
Part 3: Operations
Print Pattern B (Pattern for band separation correction)
Canon Large Format Printer W6200PG BAND ADJUSTMENT

MAC ADDRESSS : 0000852D900A I - Glossy Paper
Media type
+6
1-pass, Uni-directional printing
+4
2-pass, Uni-directional printing
+2
-2
-4
-6
Figure 3-14 Pattern B (Image)
3-20
W6200
Part 3: Operations
b. Auto Print
When this is set to On, Print Pattern A is performed automatically after the
printhead is replaced.
c. Feed Priority
This option is used to select between giving priority to reducing streaks between
bands or to the precision of distance during paper feed operation. Select Band
Joint if you want to reflect the correction made with Print Pattern B and reduce
the number of streaks between bands. Select Print Length if you do not want to
reflect the correction made with Print Pattern B, but reflect the correction made
with Adjust Length.
d. Adjust Length
The paper feed distance can be adjusted between -0.7% to +0.7%. This adjustment
is possible when Print Length is selected for Feed Priority.
7) Interface Setup
a. IP Setting
This option sets the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
b EOP Timer
This sets the timeout time for a printing job.
8) System Setup
a. Cutter
This option prohibits all cutting operations when set to Disable.
Set for each paper type.
b Buzzer
When this option is selected, the buzzer sounds whenever a warning or error
occurs.
The buzzer sounds once for warnings and three times at approximately 0.2 second
intervals for errors.
The buzzer does not sound when this setting is at Off.
c. Sleep Timer
This sets the time until the device enters the sleep state.
d. Replace P. head
Select this option when replacing the printhead. This operation uncaps the
printhead and moves the carriage over the platen so that the printhead on the
printer can be replaced.
e. Move Printer
This option is selected when transporting the printer or moving it to another floor
after installation.
For details, refer to Part 3: 2.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor.
f. Cut Dust Reduct.
This option reduces the scattering of cutting dust during roll media printing by
printing a line at the cutting position.
This option can be set for all media types.
3-21
W6200
Part 3: Operations
g. Ink Check Off

This turns off the ink level detection function for filled ink tanks.
This option can be set for each individual ink color.
When this option is set, the ink level of the corresponding color appears as ?
under MAIN MENU>Information>Ink. Also, the execution history of this option can
be checked under SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>INK CHECK.
h. Language
This option is used to change the language for messages on the display.
The available languages are Japanese, English, French, German, Italian, and
Spanish.
9) Test Print
This option allows printing of Status Print or Nozzle Check.
In Status Print, a status sheet is printed that contains the setting values,
adjustment values, and other data in the "Information" option.
In Nozzle Check, a nozzle check pattern is printed to check that the discharge from
the nozzles is normal.
If a check of the pattern reveals that the nozzles are not discharging properly,
perform the "Head Cleaning" option from the Main menu. If the clogging of the
nozzles is not improved after two or three cleanings, perform the "Replace P.Head"
operation to replace the printhead.
Canon Large Format Printer W6200PG STATUS PRINT
Media Type:Plain Paper
Auto Cut:Yes
Adjust Printer
Auto Print:On Feed Priority:Band Joint Adjust Length:0.00%
A1:0 A2:0 A3:0 A4:0 A5:0 A6:0
B1:0 B2:0 B3:0 B4:0 B5:0 B6:0 C1:0 C2:0 C3:0 C4:0 C5:0 C6:0
D2:0 D3:0 D4:0 D5:0 D6:0 E2:0 E3:0 E4:0 E5:0 E6:0
Interface Setup
IP Setting
IP Address:150.61.42.20 Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0 Default G/W:0.0.0.0
EOP Timer:60min.
System Setup
Buzzer:On Sleep Timer:20min. Language:Japanese
Cutter
Plain Paper:Enable Coated Paper:Enable Heavy Coated Paper:Enable
Glossy Paper:Enable Photo Glossy Paper:Enable Photo Semi-Glossy Paper:Enable
Synthetic Paper:Enable Adhesive Synthetic Paper:Enable Matte Film:Enable
Back Light Film:Enable Flame-Resistant Cloth:Disable Proofing paper2:Enable
Special 1:Enable Special 2:Enable Special 3:Enable Special 4:Enable Special 5:Enable
Cut Dust Reduction
Plain Paper:Off Coated Paper:Off Heavy Coated Paper:Off
Glossy Paper:Off Photo Glossy Paper:Off Photo Semi-Glossy Paper:Off
Synthetic Paper:Off Adhesive Synthetic Paper:Off Matte Film:Off
Back Light Film:Off Flame-Resistant Cloth:Off Proofing paper2:Off
Special 1:Off Special 2:Off Special 3:Off Special 4:Off Special 5:Off
Information
Ink Bk:100% C:100% M:100% Y:100% PC:100% PM:100% F1:1
S/C:Ver.00.00.00 S/BOOT:Ver.00.00.00
E/C:Ver.00.00.00 E/Rel:Ver.0000 E/BOOT:Ver.0.00
MAC Address:000000000000 RAM64MB
Interface:LAN Ext. Interface:No
Warning 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000
Error 01:E00000 02:E00000 03:E00000 04:E00000 05:E00000
Duty
Current Page Size:0.00Sq.m
Current Duty Bk:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Life Total Page Size:0.00Sq.m
Average 300dpi Bk:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
TCP/IP
Frame Type:Ethernet II IP Address:150.61,42.20
Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0 Gateway Address:0.0.0.0
Use DHCP:Off Use BOOTP:Off Use RARP:Off
Raw Port Number:9100
Enable DNS Dynamic Update:Off
Primary DNS Server Address:0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS Server Address:0.0.0.0
DNS Host Name:
DNS Domain Name:
Use Rendezvous Service Function:Off
Rendezvous Service Name:J506
AppleTalk
Phase Type:Phase 2 Network Number:65280 Node ID:246
Name:Canon
Zone:*
Type:GARO
Netware
Frame Type:Disabled IPX External Network Number:
IPX External Node Number:
Print Application:NDS Pserver
Tree Name:
Context Name:
Print Server Name:
Print Server Password:No printer server password.
Polling Interval:5Sec.
Figure 3-15 Status Print (Image)

3-22
W6200
Part 3: Operations
The nozzle check pattern is printed in the Standard mode for each media type.
Canon Large Format Printer W6200PG NOZZLE CHECK
MAC ADDRESS : 0000852D900A
BK
PC
PM
Figure 3-16 Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)

10) Information
This option displays the ink level remaining in the ink tanks, version of the system
controller and engine controller, RAM capacity, interface name, MAC address,
warning and error history, and page size and print density during last printing.
Version
S/C
:
XXXX
Version
S/Boot :
XXXX
Version
E/C
:
XXXX
Version
E/Rel
:
XXXX
Version
E/Boot :
Version No.
Figure 3-17 Viewing the Software Version
3-23
XXXX
W6200
Part 3: Operations

4.1 Service Mode
This mode is used for servicing the printer.
4.1.1 Service mode operation

a) How to enter Service mode
Follow the procedure below to enter Service mode.
>
1) Turn off the printer.

2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button and [Online]
button.
3) Check that "Canon W6200PG" is shown on the display, and then release the
buttons.
4) Next, "SERVICE MODE" is shown on the display. (If sheets are inserted, this will
be displayed after the sheets are loaded.)
5) Use the [ ] button to make a selection.
Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu.
Service mode can be entered even during error status (when Exxxx and Wxxxx are
shown on the display) by turning the power off and then using the above key
operation.
b) How to exit Service mode

To exit Service mode, turn off the printer.
[<] button or [>] button

[ ] button
[ ] button
[Enter] button
>
>
c) Buttons used in Service mode

Selecting menus and parameters:
Entering a lower-level menu:
Entering a higher-level menu:
Setting menus and parameters:
3-24
W6200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.2 Map of the service mode

The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service mode is as shown below.
System Setup
SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INF
YES
NO
SYSTEM
TYPE
TMP BK
TMP C
TMP M
TMP Y
TMP PC
TMP PM
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
HEAD
S1
L1
INK
BK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
WARNING
01 to 20
ERROR
P-SETTING
INK CHECK
01 to 30
01 to 20
Test Print
I/O DISPLAY
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
HEAD
BAND
BAND DEF
(FUNCTION)
Figure 3-18 Map of the Service Mode (1/3)
3-25
BAND
NOZZLE
SCALE
LF ACCURACY
W6200
Part 3: Operations
(ADJUST)
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
PLATEN FAN
AIR FLOW FAN
PURGE
INK VALVE
LF MOTOR
CR MOTOR
MT-CARTRIDGE
CUTTER
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PRINT
DRIVE
PURGE
CLN
CLN-A
CLN-M
INK
INK BK
INK C
INK M
INK Y
INK PC
INK PM
HEAD
DOT
DOT BK
DOT C
DOT M
DOT Y
DOT PC
DOT PM
INFO 1
INFO 2
INFO 3
INFO 4
(RTC INFO)
(CUTSHEET)
3-26
W6200
Part 3: Operations
(COUNTER)
(HEAD)
CUT SHEET
*1
ROLL MEDIA
*1
MEDIA-ALL
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
OTHER
MEDIA-00
*1
MEDIA-01
*1
MEDIA-02
*1
MEDIA-03
*1
MEDIA-04
*1
MEDIA-05
*1
MEDIA-06
*1
MEDIA-07
*1
MEDIA-OTHER
*1
RTC INFO
INITIALIZE
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
ADJUST
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK
HEAD
INK CHECK
*1:
3-27
24
OTHER
W6200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.3 Details of service mode

The details of the Service mode menus are as shown below.
a) DISPLAY
Displays and prints the printer information.
1) PRINT INF
Prints the following information.
DISPLAY > SYSTEM
DISPLAY > HEAD
DISPLAY > INK (Lot no. Installed date and time)
DISPLAY > WARNING
DISPLAY > ERROR
DISPLAY > P-SETTING
DISPLAY > INK CHECK

ADJUST
COUNTER
RTC INFO
DUTY
PRINT INF
Canon Large Format Printer W6200PG

SYSTEM
TYPE:24" TMP BK:27.0 TMP C:27.0 TMP M:27.0 TMP Y:27.0 TMP PC:27.0 TMP PM:27.0
SIZE-LF:0.0 SIZE-CR:914.3
HEAD
S1:00000106 L1:001B01A0
INK
BK:F1220521 0000000000 F1220521 0000000000 F1220521 0000000000 F1220521 0000000000 F1220521 0000000000
C:F11A2911 0000000000 F11A2911 0000000000 F11A2911 0000000000 F11A2911 0000000000 F11A2911 0000000000
M:F11A2511 0000000000 F11A2511 0000000000 F11A2511 0000000000 F11A2511 0000000000 F11A2511 0000000000
Y:F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000
PC:F11B1911 0000000000 F11B1911 0000000000 F11B1911 0000000000 F11B1911 0000000000 F11B1911 0000000000
PM:F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000 F1220722 0000000000
WARNING
01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000 06:W00000 07:W00000 08:W00000 09:W00000 10:W00000
11:W00000 12:W00000 13:W00000 14:W00000 15:W00000 16:W00000 17:W00000 18:W00000 19:W00000 20:W00000
ERROR
01:E02000 02:E02500 03:E02500 04:E02500 05:E00000 06:E00000 07:E00000 08:E00000 09:E00000 10:E00000
11:E00000 12:E00000 13:E00000 14:E00000 15:E00000 16:E00000 17:E00000 18:E00000 19:E00000 20:E00000
21:E00000 22:E00000 23:E00000 24:E00000 25:E00000 26:E00000 27:E00000 28:E00000 29:E00000 30:E00000
P-SETTING
01:R100A02S0000- 02:C1ZZLL8W0000E 03:XXXXXXXXXXX 04:XXXXXXXXXXX 05:XXXXXXXXXXX 06:XXXXXXXXXXX 07:XXXXXXXXXXX
08:XXXXXXXXXXXXX 09:XXXXXXXXXXXXX 10:XXXXXXXXXXX 11:XXXXXXXXXXX 12:XXXXXXXXXXX 13:XXXXXXXXXXX 14:XXXXXXXXXXX
15:XXXXXXXXXXXXX 16:XXXXXXXXXXXXX 17:XXXXXXXXXXX 18:XXXXXXXXXXX 19:XXXXXXXXXXX 20:XXXXXXXXXXX
INK CHECK
0
1
1
0 0 0
ADJUST
A1:0
A2:0 A3:0
A4:0
A5:0
A6:0
B1:0
B2:0 B3:0
B4:0
B5:0
B6:0
C1:0
C2:0
C3:0
C4:0
C5:0
C6:0
D2:0
D3:0 D4:0
D5:0
D6:0
E2:0
E3:0
E4:0
E5:0
E6:0
F:0
G:0
H:0
I:0
J:0
K:0
L:0
M:0
N:0
P:0
Q:0
R:0
V:0
W:0
X:0
Y:0
Z:0
COUNTER
PRINTER
:
80
1292
124
0
0
CARRIAGE :
477
1533
PURGE
:
888
71
7
INK
:
9
6
3
10
5
3
HEAD
: 921988
145477
147744
150377 158547
158059
161881
0
0
0
0
CUT SHEET :
0
0
ROLL MEDIA :
0
0
MEDIA-ALL :
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-00
:
0
0
MEDIA-01
:
0
0
MEDIA-02
:
0
0
MEDIA-03
:
0
0
MEDIA-04
:
0
0
MEDIA-05
:
0
0
MEDIA-06
:
0
0
MEDIA-07
:
0
0
RTC
2004/02/01 12:00:00
DUTY
Current Duty
BK:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Life Average Duty @300x1200dpi BK:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Life Max Duty
@300x1200dpi BK:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Life Max Duty
Life Max Duty
Life Print Count
@300x1200dpi:0 Total:0 1bit:0 Nbit:0
Life Print Count
Life Print Count
Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern A".

Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern B".
F: Plain Paper
G: Coated Paper
H: Heavy Coated
I: Glossy Paper
J: Photo Glossy
K: Photo Semi-Glos
L: Synthetic Paper
M: Adhesive Synthetic Paper
N: Matte Film
P: Back Light Film
Q: Flame-Resistant Cloth
R: Proofing Paper2
V: Spesial 1
W: Spesial 2
X: Spesial 3
Y: Spesial 4
Z: Spesial 5
Figure 3-21 PRINT INF (Image)

3-28
W6200
Part 3: Operations
2) SYSTEM
Displays the printer information shown below.
Display
TYPE
H-TMP BK
H-TMP C
H-TMP M
H-TMP Y
H-TMP PC
H-TMP PM
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
Description
Engine controller type setting
Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor
Detected size of loaded media (feeding direction)
Detected size of loaded media (carriage direction)
(Bk)
(C)
(M)
(Y)
(PC)
(PM)
3) HEAD
Displays the following EEPROM information in the printhead.
Display
S1
L1
Description
Printhead serial number
Printhead lot number
4) INK
Displays the following EEPROM information in the ink tank.
Display
BK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
Description
Bk ink lot number
C ink lot number
M ink lot number
Y ink lot number
PC ink lot number
PM ink lot number
5) WARNING
Displays the warning history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.
WARNING
01:
Wxxxxx
Record No. Warning code
Figure 3-22 WARNING

6) ERROR
Displays the error history (up to 30 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.
ERROR
01:
Exxxxx
Record No. Error code
Figure 3-23 ERROR

3-29
W6200
Part 3: Operations
7) P-SETTING
Displays the print setting history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the
smallest history number.
P-SETTING
01:R100362SW130Printing status
Print end time
Image quality
Record No.
Feeding method
Media size
Media type
Figure 3-24 P-SETTING

Classification
Feeding method
Media type
Media size
Image quality
Print end time

Printing status
Display
Description
R1
Roll media feeding
C1
Cut sheet feeding
00
Plain Paper
01
Coated Paper, Heavy Coated Paper
02
Glossy Paper
03
Photo Glossy Paper, Photo Semi-Glossy Paper
04
05
Synthetic Paper, Adhesive Synthetic Paper, Matte Film
06
Back Light Film
07
ZZ
All other types
24
24 to less than 30 inches
LL
Banner-size sheets exceeding the maximum fixed size
ZZ
Other sizes
2W
2-pass, Bi-directional (draft)
4S
4-pass, Uni-directional (standard)
4W
4-pass, Bi-directional (draft)
8W
8-pass, Bi-directional (high)
AW
10-pass, Uni-directional (highest)
0000 Seconds
Printing ends normally
W
Warning occurs during printing
E
Error occurs during printing
8) INK CHECK
Display the execution history of "Ink Check Off" in the Main Menu.
0= No execution history
1= One or more execution histories exist
INK CHECK
0 0 0 0 0 0
Bk C
M Y
PC PM
Figure 3-25 INK CHECK
3-30
W6200
Part 3: Operations
b) I/O DISPLAY
Displays the status of the port I/O signal of the sensors and other devices
connected to the engine controller.
I/O DISPLAY
000000000000000
bit14
bit0
Figure 3-26 I/O DISPLAY

Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Sensor name
Not used.
Pump homeposition sensor
Carriage homeposition sensor
Not used
Pinch roller sensor
Right cover sensor
Feed sensor
Cap sensor
Not used
Not used
Not used
Upper cover safty switch
Carriage cover sensor
Not used
Not used
Ink supply valve sensor
3-31
Description
1: Homeposition
1: Homeposition
0:
0:
0:
0:
Cancel
Open
With media
With flag
1: Open
0: Open
1: Open
W6200
Part 3: Operations
c) ADJUST
Performs adjustment and prints the adjustment and check patterns needed for
adjusting the printer parts.
The adjustment values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT INF"
option.
PRINT PATTERN > BAND
The same pattern as Print Pattern B in the Main menu is adjusted to the media
width and printed over the entire area.
PRINT PATTERN > NOZZLE
This is used for a nozzle check pattern during servicing that prints in 1-pass and
single direction.
This is used to check for nozzles that are not discharging properly.
Nozzle No.0
BK
PC
PM
Nozzle No.1279
Figure 3-27 NOZZLE (Image)
3-32
W6200
Part 3: Operations
PRINT PATTERN > SCALE

Maintenance test pattern
Figure 3-28 SCALE (Image)
3-33
W6200
Part 3: Operations
PRINT PATTERN>LF ACCURACY

LF accuracy measurement print pattern.
The starting point
154
160
15
64
192
110
50 1 50
45
Figure 3-29 LF ACCURACY (Image)
3-34
W6200
Part 3: Operations
HEAD
This mode performs the same adjustment as Print Pattern A in the Main Menu.
BAND
This mode performs the same adjustment as Print Pattern B in the Main Menu.
However, in contrast to Print Pattern B, which performs correction between bands
for each media type, the internal parameters of this mode result in a single batch
correction between bands for all media types. (Adjustment range: -6 to +6)
Use the following media, and enter the adjustment values for this mode based on the
image obtained from executing the PRINT PATTERN>BAND command.
Photo glossy paper
BAND DEF
Enter the default LF amount. (Range: -6 to +6)
d) FUNCTION
Checks the operation of the buttons on the operation panel and printer parts.
Display
PANEL LED/LCD
>
PANEL KEY
Description
This checks the LEDs and LCD on the operation panel.
The LEDs flash, and the squares in the LCD are displayed in a
checkerboard pattern and flash alternately.
This checks the buttons on the operation panel.
The name and symbol of the pressed button is displayed.
Pressing the [ ] button exits this mode after the key name is
displayed. Also, pressing the Power button turns off the
printer.
This checks operation of the suction fan.
The suction fan rotates for five seconds at maximum speed
and then rotate for five seconds at minimum speed.
This checks operation of the air flow fans.
The right and left fans rotate simultaneously for 10 seconds.
This checks operation of the recovery system.
After the carriage is moved to the homeposition, the recovery
suction operation is performed independently in the recovery
system.
Operation check of ink supply valve
This drives the valve motor and performs one rotation of the
ink supply valve cam.
This checks operation of the feed motor.
The media is moved forward 500 mm and then stopped
regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
This checks operation of the carriage motor.
The carriage moves back and forth once at the maximum
printing width regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
This checks the presence of maintenance cartridge.
CHECK OK! is displayed if a proper maintenance cartridge is
installed. Otherwise CHECK ERROR! is displayed.
This checks operation of the cutter.
If this mode is executed when the printer is set to roll media
mode, the printer repeats the operation of feeding the roll
media by approximately 100 mm and cutting until the
specified number of times is reached regardless of whether roll
media is loaded or not. (Setting range: 1 to 999 times)
The printer switches to the roll media setting if this mode is
executed when the printer is in cut sheet mode.
PLATEN FAN
AIR FLOW FAN

PURGE
INK VALVE
LF MOTOR
CR MOTOR
MT-CARTRIDGE
CUTTER
3-35
W6200
Part 3: Operations
e) COUNTER
Displays the service life (number of operation times and time) of each unit and print
counts for each media type.
The count values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT INF" option.
PRINTER
Display
LIFE
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
Counter for product life

Description
Number of printed media expressed as A0
equivalent (for checking printer durability)
Cumulative power-on time
Maintenance cartridge tank full detection counter
Number of cutter usages
CARRIAGE
Display
PRINT
DRIVE
Counter for carriage unit

Description
Unit
Cumulative printing time
Hours
Cumulative carriage driving time Hours
PURGE
Display
CLN
CLN-A
Counter for purge unit

Description
Number of automatic and manual cleanings
Number of automatic cleanings
Each type (cleaning object) of automatic cleaning
is counted as one cleaning.
Number of manual (main menu) cleanings
CLN-M
INK
Display
INK xx
Counter for ink tank

Description
Number of times ink tank is replaced
(xx indicates the color)
HEAD
Display
DOT
Counter for printhead

Description
Total amount of ink discharged from integrated
printhead
DOT xx
INFO1
INFO2
INFO3
INFO4
Unit
sheets
Hours
ml
times
Unit
times
times
times
Unit
times
Unit
Display value
(minimum unit =
100 million dots)
Amount of ink discharged (xx indicates the color)

Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
-
CUT SHEET Cumulative printing length of cut sheets for different media widths
ROLL MEDIA Cumulative printing length of roll media for different media widths
Display
Description
Unit
24
24" or more
m
OTHER
Less than 24"
m
3-36
W6200
Part 3: Operations
MEDIA-ALL
Display
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
OTHER
Cumulative printing length for different media types

Description
Unit
Plain Paper
m
Coated Paper, Heavy Coated
m
Glossy Paper
m
Photo Glossy, Photo Semi-Glos
m
Matte Film
m
Back Light Film
m
m
Other media
m
Cumulative printing length for different media widths

MEDIA-00
(Plain Paper)
MEDIA-01
(Coated Paper, Heavy Coated)
MEDIA-02
(Glossy Paper)
MEDIA-03
(Photo Glossy, Photo Semi-Glos)
MEDIA-04
MEDIA-05
(Synthetic Paper, Adhesive Synthetic Paper, Matte Film)
MEDIA-06
(Back Light Film)
MEDIA-07
(Flame-Resistant Cloth)
MEDIA-OTHER
(Other media)
Display
Description
Unit
24
24" or more
m
OTHER
Less than 24"
m
3-37
W6200
Part 3: Operations
f) RTC INFO
Displays or sets current time. RTC is a cleaning control information. (Range: Jan. 1,
2003 to Dec. 31, 2099)
g) INITIALIZE
The DISPLAY histories, ADJUST settings, COUNTER values, and other parameters
can be cleared individually.
Display
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
ADJUST
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK
HEAD
INK CHECK
Description
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
DISPLAY>WARNING
DISPLAY>ERROR
DISPLAY>P-SETTING
ADJUST F to 2
COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK
COUNTER>PRINTER>CUTTER
COUNTER>CARRIAGE
COUNTER>PURGE
COUNTER>INK
COUNTER>HEAD
DISPLAY>INK CHECK
3-38
W6200
Part 3: Operations

The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.
If an error occurs while a print job is in progress, the printer status is also displayed on
the status monitor of the printer driver.
There are three types of errors indicated on the display.
Warnings
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of
the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the print results.
Errors
Status where the print operation is stopped, and regular operation cannot be
recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.
Service call error
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display
remains on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid that the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer
from damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the
service mode.
Refer to Part 5: 7 TROUBLESHOOTING for the remedy procedures when warning and
errors occur.
3-39
W6200
Part 3: Operations
4.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes

Codes*
W0100z
W0100a
W0102x
W0103x
E020xx
E020Bx
E024xx
E025xx
E028xx
E02Axx
E02Dxx
E02Exx
E02Fxx
E040xx, S040xx
*: The above codes show
to indicate a number.
Problem type
Ink warning
Other warning
Media warning
GARO warning
Media feeding error
Cover error
Pass mismatch error
Ink error
Printhead/Ink tank error
Other error
Other error
Service call error
"x" to indicate a number or letter, "a" to indicate a letter, and "z"
3-40
W6200
Part 3: Operations
4.2.2 Warning and error codes

a) Warnings
Code*1
(W01000)
(W01001)
(W01002)
(W01003)
(W01004)
(W01005)
(W01006)
(W0100C)
(W0100F)
(W01021)
(W01022)
W01030
Display message
Ink Check
Ink Check
Ink Check
Ink Check
Ink Check
Ink Check
MTCart Full Soon
Memory Overflow
Feed Limit..
Incorrect Media
No full bleed
GARO W1030
Status
Maintenance No.*2
Bk ink tank is almost empty
7.2.1
Y ink tank is almost empty
M ink tank is almost empty
C ink tank is almost empty
PM ink tank is almost empty
PC ink tank is almost empty
Maintenance cartridge is almost full
7.2.2
Data fault due to insufficient memory
7.2.3
Manual feed limit
7.2.4
Media type is not correct
7.2.5
Borderless printing is not allowed
7.2.6
Unsupported command in GARO image
7.2.7
mode
W01031
GARO W1031
Invalid number of parameters in GARO
image mode
W01032
GARO W1032
Required item was omitted in GARO
image mode
W01033
GARO W1033
Data out of range in GARO image mode
W01034
GARO W1034
Other warning in GARO image mode
W01035
GARO W1035
Unsupported command in GARO setting
mode
W01036
GARO W1036
Invalid number of parameters in GARO
setting mode
W01037
GARO W1037
Required item was omitted in GARO
setting mode
W01038
GARO W1038
Data out of range in GARO setting mode
W01039
GARO W1039
Other warning in GARO setting mode
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warning occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-41
W6200
Part 3: Operations
b) Errors
Code*1
E02000
E0200A
E0200B
E0200C
E0200D
E0200E
E0200F
E02010
E02015
E02016
E02017
E02018
E02400
Status
Maintenance No.*2
No roll media
7.3.1
Paper width not detected
7.3.3
Media loading position error
7.3.3
Media leading edge not detected
7.3.3
Cut sheet trailing edge not detected
7.3.2
Media is too small
7.3.3
Media is too large
7.3.3
Media is skewed
7.3.3
Cutting failure
7.3.4
Paper became misaligned during printing
7.3.2
Media right edge not detected
7.3.3
Media left edge not detected
7.3.3
Cut sheets were loaded even though the received data
7.3.5
indicated roll media
E02401
Roll media was not loaded even though the received data
7.3.5
indicated roll media
E02402
Cut sheets were not loaded even though the received data
7.3.5
indicated cut sheets
E02403
Media was too small during printing of adjustment pattern
7.3.5
E02404
Borderless printing was specified when cut dust reduction function is set to on
7.3.6
E02405
Invalid paper position for borderless printing
7.3.6
E02500
No ink (Bk)
7.3.7
E02501
No ink (Y)
E02502
No ink (M)
E02503
No ink (C)
E02504
No ink (PM)
E02505
No ink (PC)
E02506
Ink tank not installed (Bk)
7.3.8
E02507
Ink tank not installed (Y)
E02508
Ink tank not installed (M)
E02509
Ink tank not installed (C)
E0250A
Ink tank not installed (PM)
E0250B Ink tank not installed (PC)
E02520
Displayed before printing when "Ink Check Off" menu is set to "Yes".
7.3.9
E02521
Remaining ink low (Bk)
7.3.10
E02522
Remaining ink low (Y)
E02523
Remaining ink low (M)
E02524
Remaining ink low (C)
E02525
Remaining ink low (PM)
E02526
Remaining ink low (PC)
E02800
No head
7.3.11
E02801
Head overheating
7.3.11
E02802
Incorrect head was installed
7.3.11
E02803
Head EEPROM error
7.3.11
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-42
W6200
Part 3: Operations
Code*1
Status
Maintenance No.*2
E02804
Incorrect ink tank was installed (Bk)
7.3.12
E02805
Incorrect ink tank was installed (Y)
E02806
Incorrect ink tank was installed (M)
E02807
Incorrect ink tank was installed (C)
E02808
Incorrect ink tank was installed (PM)
E02809
Incorrect ink tank was installed (PC)
E0280A
Ink tank EEPROM error (Bk)
7.3.12
E0280B Ink tank EEPROM error (Y)
E0280C Ink tank EEPROM error (M)
E0280D Ink tank EEPROM error (C)
E0280E Ink tank EEPROM error (PM)
E0280F
Ink tank EEPROM error (PC)
E02811
Unable to correct head DI
7.3.11
E02812
7.3.13
E02815
Wrong maintenance cartridge type (EEPROM error)
7.3.14
E02816
Wrong maintenance cartridge type (ID error)
E02817
Maintenance cartridge not installed
E02818
Maintenance cartridge tank full
E02A00
7.3.13
E02A01
E02A02
E02A03
E02B04 Upper cover was opened when upper cover was locked
7.3.15
E02B05 Right cover error
7.3.16
E02B06 Carriage cover was opened when upper cover was locked
7.3.17
E02B07 Right cover is open
7.3.16
E02D00 Unable to detect home position of purge motor
7.3.18
E02D01 Unable to detect home position of pump motor
7.3.18
E02D02 Unable to detect home position of carriage motor
7.3.19
E02D03 Feed motor timeout
7.3.20
E02D05 Air flow fan was locked
7.3.21
E02D06 Switching operation failure in ink supply valve
7.3.22
E02E01 Cannot move carriage
7.3.23
E02E05 Carriage movement timeout
7.3.23
E02E06 Printer error (Carriage motor hardware error)
7.3.23
E02E10 IEEE1394 interface error
7.3.24
E02F00
7.3.25
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
c) Service call error list
Code*1
Display message
Status
Maintenance No.*2
(E04000) Printhead Error!
Head voltage error
7.4.1
(E04002) Scale Read Error
Linear scale reading error
7.4.2
(S04010) Turn Power Off!
No RTC
7.4.3
RTC battery voltage is low
7.4.3
RTC Clock stopped
7.4.3
(E02777) Turn Power Off!
Inter-controller communication error
7.4.4
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when service call error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-43
W6200
Part 3: Operations
4.2.3 Description of warning and error codes

a) Warning description
1) Ink Check
This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that the
ink is below the prescribed level.
2) MTCart Full Soon
This is displayed when a nearly full (approx. 80% or more capacity of the
maintenance cartridge) waste ink level is detected in the maintenance cartridge.
3) Memory Overflow
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.
4) Feed Limit..
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit during
manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
"Feed Limit" is displayed when the feed sensor detects no roll media during forward
feed.
5) Incorrect Media
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.
6) No full bleed
When borderless printing is specified for print data that cannot be printed without
border.
7) Incorrect Value : Check Value
When the default G/W setting does not match the IP address.
8) GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.
3-44
W6200
Part 3: Operations
b) Error description
1) E02000
End of Roll
This is displayed when a feed sensor has detected the roll media trailing edge during
printing or loading of the roll media.
2) E0200A
Size undetected
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
during media loading.
3) E0200B
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.
4) E0200C
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection.
5) E0200D
Size undetected
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the cut sheet trailing edge
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.
6) E0200E
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: Less than 244 mm
Media length: Less than 200 mm
7) E0200F
Media Too Large
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
Media width: More than 1400 mm
Media length (roll media): More than 15 m
Media length (cut sheets): More than 2.7 m
8) E02010
Media Skewed
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.
9) E02015
Cut Failed
during detection after cutting of the roll media.
10) E02016
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed during printing when the feed sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.
3-45
W6200
Part 3: Operations
11) E02017
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
12) E02018
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.
13) E02400
Eject Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
designated for roll media.
14) E02401
Load Roll Media
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
15) E02402
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheets.
16) E02403
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the loaded media is smaller than the prescribed size during
printing of the adjustment pattern.
17) E02404
No full bleed
This is displayed when borderless printing is specified even though cut dust
reduction function is set to on.
18) E02405
No full bleed
This is displayed when medial sensor detects invalid paper position during
borderless printing.
19) E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Replace Tank
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <0:Bk, 1:Y, 2:M, 3:C, 4:PM, 5:PC>
20) E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
No x Ink Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.
This error is canceled when the required ink tank is installed and the right cover is
closed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <6:Bk, 7:Y, 8:M, 9:C, A:PM, B:PC>
3-46
W6200
Part 3: Operations
21) E02520
Ink level ?
This occurs when a color is set to "Yes" in MAIN MENU>"System Setup">"Ink Check
Off". (When this option is set, the ink level of the corresponding color appears as "?"
under MAIN MENU>"Information">"Ink".)
In this case, the error message is displayed whenever printing is started, but it can
be temporarily canceled by pressing the [Online] button to start printing or pressing
the [Cancel] button to cancel printing.
To cancel this error and recover the ink level detection function, replace with a new
ink tank designated for this printer.
22) E02521/E02522/E02523/E02524/E02525/E02526
Not enough Ink
This is displayed when the ink level reaches approx. 10ml.
23) E02800
No Printhead
This is displayed when no printhead is detected.
24) E02801
Check Printhead
This is displayed when unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.
25) E02802
Check Printhead
This is displayed when an incorrect printhead is installed.
26) E02803
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the printhead EEPROM.
27) E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when an incorrect ink tank is installed.
28) E0280A/E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the ink tank EEPROM.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <A:Bk, B:Y, C:M, D:C, E:PM, F:PC>
29) E02811
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.
30) E02812
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the EEPROM of the engine
controller.
3-47
W6200
Part 3: Operations
31) E02815
Check MT-Cart.
This is displayed when there is an error in the maintenance cartridge EEPROM.
32) E02816
Check MT-Cart.
This is displayed when a maintenance cartridge used on another printer is installed.
33) E02817
No MT-Cartridge
This is displayed when no maintenance cartridge is installed.
34) E02818
Replace MT-Cart.
This is displayed when maintenance cartridge tank full is detected.
35) E02A00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.
36) E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.
37) E02B04
Close Upper Cover
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor has detected that the upper cover is
open while the upper cover is locked.
38) E02B05
Close Right Cover
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover is
opened when the right cover is locked.
39) E02B06
Close CRG Cover
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover is
opened when the right cover is locked.
40) E02B07
Close Right Cover
This is displayed when the right cover sensor detects that the right cover is opened.
41) E02D00/E02D01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when sensors for the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.
42) E02D02
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the home
position of the carriage motor within the prescribed time.
3-48
W6200
Part 3: Operations
43) E02D03
End of Roll
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.
44) E02D05
Turn Power Off!!
This message is displayed when a fan lock is detected when the air flow fan is
running.
45) E02D06
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the valve cam sensor could not detect valve cam rotation
during switching of the ink supply valve.
46) E02E01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage cannot operate.
47) E02E05
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.
48) E02E06
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when there is an error in the carriage motor.
49) E02E10
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.
50) E02F00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.
c) Service call error description
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display
remains on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid thet the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer
from damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the
service mode.
1) Printhead Error!
This is displayed when a voltage error occurs in the printhead.
2) Scale Read Error
This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.
3) ERROR S04010 *E04010 Service Call Message
This is displayed when RTC is not set.
This is displayed when the system controller lithium battery voltage is low.
This is displayed when the RTC clock is stopped.
6) Turn Power Off!! *E02777 Service Call Message
This is displayed when there is a communication error between controllers.
3-49
Part 3: Operations
W6200

In addition to Service mode, this printer is provided with the following special modes.
Controller Replace Mode
Download Mode

This mode is used when replacing the system controller and engine controller.
This mode transfers the setting values, counter values, and other data before
replacement in each controller to the new controller.
For details about entering and operating this mode, refer to "Part 5: 5.2.11 Boards".
5.2 Download Mode

This mode is used for troubleshooting when upgrading the firmware.
For details about entering and operating this mode, refer to "Part 3: 6.3.1 Firmware
Recovery Procedure".
3-50
W6200
Part 3: Operations
6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE

In this printer, the service tools can be used to update the versions of the firmware for
the system controller installed in the printer.
The service tools can also be used to access various types of information from the
printer.
The required operating environment and conditions for upgrading the firmware and
obtaining service information are shown below.
Updating the firmware
Software
OS
CNWFUT01.exe*1 Windows95/98/Me,
WindowsNT4.0/2000/XP
Printer port
LAN
(10Base-T/
100Base-TX)
RS-232C
(9-pin, male)
RS-232C
(9-pin, male)
Interface cable
Cross type cable
or straight cable
+ hub
Crossover type
Recovery of the
com_fut.exe
Windows 98,
firmware
Windows 2000, XP
Windows 95, 98, Me,
Crossover type
Obtaining service
hypertrm.exe *2
information
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*1: Usage period is limited.
*2: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.
6.1.1 Firmware updating tool

This tool allows updating of the firmware for the system controller and engine
controller during normal operation.
Software
OS
Printer port
LAN
CNWFUT01.exe*3 Windows95/98/Me,
WindowsNT4.0/2000/XP (10Base-T/100Base-TX)
*3: Usage period is limited.
CAUTION
Interface cable
Cross type cable or
straight cable + hub
This tool (CNWFUT01.exe *3) is identical to the firmware update tool for
W7200/W7250/W8200 users.
This tool is for service only and shall be used as a countermeasure in case
some failure occurs befor the firmware for the W6200 is updated for the
first time. If the firmware for the W6200 is updated in the future, as the
W6200 firmware update tool for both users and service will be released,
please use this instead.
6.1.2 Firmware recovery tool

This tool is able to recover the boot firmware of System Controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.
Software
com_fut.exe
OS
Windows 98,
Windows 2000, XP
Printer port
RS-232C (9-pin, male)
Interface cable
Crossover type
6.1.3 Service information access software

This tool is used to access various types of Service mode information from the system
controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.
Software
hypertrm.exe (*)
OS
Printer port
Interface cable
Windows 95, 98, Me,
RS-232C (9-pin, male)
Crossover type
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.
3-51
W6200
Part 3: Operations

This tool allows updating of the firmware for the system controller and engine controller
during normal operation.
For the specific operating procedure, follow the screen instructions displayed on the
computer when running the file "CNWFUT01.exe".
This section only contains notes for using "CNWFUT01.exe".
CAUTION
"CNWFUT01.exe" shall be used until the W6200 firmware update tool is

released.
Copy the file "CNWFUT01.exe" to your computer's hard disk drive.
Copy the firmware to the folder containing "CNWFUT01.exe".
Check the IP address of the printer before running "CNWFUT01.exe".
Follow the on-screen instructions for "CNWFUT01.exe", and enter the IP
address of the printer.

This tool is used to fix problems if the firmware is not updated properly due to a power
outage or other cause when using the firmware update tool (CNWFUT01.exe).
The usage procedure for this case is described below in one of the remedy procedures.
There are three troubleshooting procedures separated into two cases based on the
display message after the power is turned on again when a problem occurs.
a. When the controller stops operating after displaying "Initializing...."
(4 periods):
Download the firmware again.
b. When the controller stops operating before displaying "Initializing... "
(3 periods):
b-1. Recover using the Firmware Recovery Tool: AY3-4207-000 (com_fut.exe).
b-2. Replace the system controller, and then download the latest firmware again.
6.3.1 Firmware recovery procedure

a. When the controller stops operating after displaying "Initializing...."
(4 periods)
1) Check that the printer is turned off, and then connect the printer and computer
with a LAN, USB, or IEEE1394 cable.
2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button, [Enter]
button, and [Online] button.
3) Check that "Download Mode" appears on the display, and then release the
buttons.
* It takes about 20 seconds to enter Download mode after the power is turned on.
4) Use CNWFUT01.exe to update the firmware to the latest version.
5) Check that the printer starts up normally and that the firmware has been
upgraded properly.
b. When the controller stops operating before displaying "Initializing... "
(3 periods)
b-1. Recover using the Firmware Recovery Tool: AY3-4207-000 (com_fut.exe).
1) Make the following settings at the serial port of the computer.
Baud rate
: 9600
Data bits
: 8
Parity
: None
Stop bit
: 1
Flow control : None
2) Check that the printer is turned off, and then connect the computer and printer
with an RS-232C cable.
* The printer's RS-232C connector is located above the system controller.
3-52
W6200
Part 3: Operations
>
3) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button and [ ]
button, and then release your hand from the buttons.
("INITIALIZING" is shown briefly on the display, and then nothing is shown.)
4) Start com_fut.exe.
5) Open the Configuration menu, and select COM PORT.
Figure 3-30com_fut.exe (Startup)

6) Select the serial port of the computer where the RS-232C cable is connected, and
then click the OK button.
Figure 3-31 com_fut.exe (Setup 1)
3-53
W6200
Part 3: Operations
7) Click the F button.
Figure 3-32 com_fut.exe (Setup 2)

8) Click the Reference button, and then select the System Controller firmware for
boot recovery (W6200_SC_V0100.rom).
9) Click the Send button, and then send the System Controller firmware for boot
recovery (W6200_SC_V0100.rom) to the printer
Nothing is shown on the printer display while the firmware upgrade is in
progress.
The transmission status can be checked using the progress bar and data counter
in the download dialog box.
It takes about 3 minutes to complete the transmission after the Send button is
pressed.
Pressing the Stop button cancels transmission of the firmware for the system
controller and closes the download dialog box.
Progress Bar
Data Counter
Figure 3-33 com_fut.exe (Send Image)

10) The following message box is displayed when the firmware update of the system
controller is completed normally. Click the OK button to close the message box.
It takes about one minute to display this message box after transmission is
completed.
Figure 3-34 com_fut.exe (Transmission is completed)

3-54
Part 3: Operations
W6200
11) Click the X button to exit com_fut.exe.
Figure 3-35 com_fut.exe (Completed Image)

NOTE
If a failure occurs during the update process (such as disconnection of the

serial cable during transmission), the progress bar and data counter will
stop, and the OK button will not be displayed.
In this case, exit com_fut.exe, and then unplug the power cord of the
printer from the outlet. Then, plug the power cord of the printer back into
the outlet, and restart from step 3).
12) Unplug the power cord of the printer from the outlet, and then turn off the printer.
13) Insert the power cord of the printer back into the outlet.
14) Continue using the procedure for "a. When the controller stops operating after
displaying "Initializing...." (4 periods)".
CAUTION
Be sure to always perform the above operations before starting the printer
in Normal mode.
b-2. Replace the system controller, and then download the latest firmware again.
1) Check that the printer is turned off, and then replace the system controller.
2) Follow steps 1) to 4) of Part 3: 6.3.1 a. When the controller stops operating after
displaying "Initializing.... (4 periods) to update the firmware to the latest version.
3) Follow steps 2) to 6) of Part 5: 5.2.11 a) Replacing the system controller to pass the
backup data in the Engine Controller to the System Controller.
4) Start in Normal mode, and check the version and its operation.
CAUTION
Be sure to always follow the above procedure when the version upgrade
fails and the system controller is replaced. If you perform any of these
steps in the wrong order, the backup data in the engine controller
EEPROM could be erased.
Replacing the system controller initializes the IP settings, WARNING
history, ERROR history, and P-SETTING values.
3-55
W6200
Part 3: Operations

Use the HyperTerminal software supplied in the standard installation in Windows 95,
98, Me, NT, 2000, and XP.
HyperTerminal is a software tool used to connect the serial cable to the serial port on
the sysytem controller.
The following service information can be accessed based on the code that is entered.
a) Access service mode information
Entering the code below will display as log data all the information for the Service
mode and Main menu stored in the printer.
Input code: ssw
ssw
ENGDEG: FcEng_MenteInfoGet Calling!
ENGDEG: Calling EngExecMenteInfoGet !!
ENGDEG: FcEng_MenteInfoGet Success return!
MachineType:24
TMP:27.0 TMP BK:27.0 TMP C:27.0 TMP M:27.0 TMP Y:27.0 TMP PC:27.0 TMP PM:27.0
SIZE-LF:0.00 SIZE-CR:0.00
HeadEEPLotNo:163E28A0
HeadSerialNo:000F47F2
TankLotNo BK:F1362512 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
TankLotNo C:F1362412 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
TankLotNo M:F1362612 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
TankLotNo Y:F1362612 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
TankLotNo PC:F1362512 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
TankLotNo PM:61362412 200308041917 FFFFFFFF 202001010000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000 00000000 000000000000
WARNING 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000 06:W00000 07:W00000 08:W00000 09:W00000 10:W00000
11:W00000 12:W00000 13:W00000 14:W00000 15:W00000 16:W00000 17:W00000 18:W00000 19:W00000 20:W00000
ERROR 01:E02D06 02:E00005 03:E00000 04:E00000 05:E00000 06:E00000 07:E00000 08:E00000 09:E00000 10:E00000
11:E00000 12:E00000 13:E00000 14:E00000 15:E00000 16:E00000 17:E00000 18:E00000 19:E00000 20:E00000
21:E00000 22:E00000 23:E00000 24:E00000 25:E00000 26:E00000 27:E00000 28:E00000 29:E00000 30:E00000
P-SETTING 01:0000000000000 02:0000000000000 03:0000000000000 04:0000000000000 05:0000000000000 06:0000000000000 07:0000000000000
08:0000000000000 09:0000000000000 10:0000000000000 11:0000000000000 12:0000000000000 13:0000000000000 14:0000000000000
15:0000000000000 16:0000000000000 17:0000000000000 18:0000000000000 19:0000000000000 20:0000000000000
manEngMainteInfo.refillInfoHistory = 0x00
INK CHECK 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADJUST A1:4 A2:2 A3:2 A4:2 A5:4 A6:2
B1:2 B2:3 B3:3 B4:3 B5:3 B6:5 C1:5 C2:5 C3:5 C4:5 C5:5 C6:5
D2:0 D3:0 D4:-2 D5:-2 D6:-4 E2:0 E3:0 E4:0 E5:-4 E6:-4
F:0 G:0 H:0 I:0 J:3 K:3 L:0 M:2 N:1 P:1 Q:6 R:3 V:0 W:0 X:0 Y:0 Z:0
COUNTER PRINTER: 0 18 822 23
CARRIAGE: 1
1
PURGE: 5
5
0
INK: 5
5
5
5
5
5
HEAD: 1626 271 271 271 271 271 271
0
0
0
0
CUT SHEET: 0
0
ROLL MEDIA: 0
0
MEDIA ALL: 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-00: 0
0 MEDIA-01: 0
0
MEDIA-02: 0
0 MEDIA-03: 0
0
MEDIA-04: 0
0 MEDIA-05: 0
0
MEDIA-06: 0
0 MEDIA-07: 0
0
MEDIA-OTHER: 0
0
RTC 2003/08/31 23:40
DUTY
Current Duty BK:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Syn.Paper:Enable Adh.Syn.Paper:Enable Matte Film:Enable
Back Light Film:Enable Flame-Res.Cloth:Disable Proofing Paper:Enable
Special1:Enable Special2:Enable Special3:Enable Special4:Enable Special5:Enable
CutDustReduct Plain Paper:Off Coated Paper:Off Heavy Coated:Off
Glossy Paper:Off Photo Glossy Paper:Off Photo Semi-Glossy Paper:Off
Syn.Paper:Off Adh.Syn.Paper:Off Matte Film:Off
Back Light Film:Off Flame-Res.Cloth:Off Proofing Paper:Off
Special1:Off Special2:Off Special3:Off Special4:Off Special5:Off
InkBk: 60% InkC: 60% InkM: 60% InkY: 60% InkPC: 60% InkPM: 60% F1:1
S/C:Ver. 00.12.00 S/BOOT:Ver. 01.00.00 E/C:Ver. J506mt02 E/Rel:Ver. 0002 E/BOOT:Ver. 2.0
MAC Address:0000852D900A RAM:64MB
manEngMainteInfo.refillInfo = 0x00
Interface:LAN Ext.Interface:No
Warning 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000
Error 01:E02D06 02:E00005 03:E00000 04:E00000 05:E00000
Current Duty Bk:0% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:0%
Life Average Duty 300DPI Bk:1% C:0% M:0% Y:0% PC:0% PM:0% Total:1%
TCP/IP Frame Type:Ethernet II IP Address:192.168.0.213 Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0 Gateway Address:0.0.0.0
Use DHCP:Off Use BOOTP:Off Use RARP:Off
Raw Port Number:9100
Enable DNS Dynamic Update:Off
Primary DNS Server Address:0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS Server Adress:0.0.0.0
DNS Host Name:NB-12FB0000852D900A
DNS Domain Name:
Use Rendezvous Service Function:On
Rendezvous Service Name:Canon W6200PG (2D900A)
AppleTalk Phase Type:Phase 2 Network Number:65280 Node ID:128
Name:Canon NB-12FB (2D900A)
Zone:*
Type:GARO
NETWARE Frame Type:Disabled IPX External Network Address:
Node Number:
Print Application:NDS PServer
Tree Name:
Context Name:
Print Server Name:
Print Server Password:No print server password.
Polling Interval:5Sec.
value = 0 = 0x0
->
Figure 3-36 ssw (Image)

3-56
W6200
Part 3: Operations
b) Access printhead EEPROM information

Entering the code below will display as log date the serial number and all other
information stored in the printhead EEPROM.
Input code: ssw_head
ssw_head
Head EEPROM Dump
003E 0401 EAD8 0000
0012 0410 3D3D 423A
3A3C 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0606
0706 0505 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 4102 003E 0401
EAD8 0000 0012 0410
3D3D 423A 3A3C 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0606 0706 0505
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 4102
0000 0000 0002 0003
value = 3 = 0x3
->
Figure 3-37 ssw_head (Image)
3-57
W6200
Part 3: Operations
c) Access ink tank EEPROM information

Entering the code below will display the serial numbers and all other information
stored in each color's ink tank EEPROM in the form of log data for the six colors
simultaneously.
Input code: ssw_ink
ssw_ink
InkTank EEPROM Dump
Black Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
432E 1401 424B F122
0521 0000 0000 0000
F122 0521 0000 0001
DBF4 0001 D4BF 6100
0001 43F4 0001 DBF4
0001 D4BF 6100 0001
43F4 0000 3134 3031
0000 8979 0001 FBD0
0001 DBF4 0061 0001
0000 7953 0001 DBF4
0061 0001 0000 7953
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
Light Cyan Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
0000 0000 0000
Yellow Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20
432E 1401 5900
0822 0000 0000
F122 0822 0000
A8B0 0000 2C0F
0001 1FE9 0001
0000 2C0F 6100
1FE9 0000 3134
0000 8354 0001
0001 A8B0 0061
0000 AC97 0001
0061 0001 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
value = 3 = 0x3
->
0000
494E
F122
0000
0001
6100
A8B0
0001
3031
FBD0
0001
A8B0
AC97
0000
0000
0000
0000
Figure 3-38 ssw_ink (Image)
3-58
W6200
Part 3: Operations
6.4.1 Service information access procedure

1) Connect the printer and computer with a serial cable, and then turn on the
printer.
2) Check that the printer is in the Online or Offline mode, and then start the
computer.
3) At the Run command of the start menu, enter "hypertrm.exe", and then click OK.
Figure 3-39 Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)

4) Enter the name, select the icon, and then click OK.
Figure 3-40 Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)
3-59
W6200
Part 3: Operations
5) Once the screen shown below is displayed, select the serial port of the computer
that is used, and then click OK.
Figure 3-41 Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)

6) Once the screen shown below is displayed, set the values as indicated below, and
then click OK,
Figure 3-42 Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)
3-60
W6200
Part 3: Operations
7) Enter the access information cade, and then press Enter.
Figure 3-43 Service Information Access Software (Code Input)

8) The log data corresponding to the input code is displayed.
Figure 3-44 Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)
3-61
Part 4
TECHNICAL
REFERENCE
Page
4- 1
4- 1
4- 2
4- 5
4- 7
4- 7
4- 8
4- 9
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 13
4 - 14
4 - 16
1. OVERVIEW
1.3 Print Driving
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.2 Power Off
2.3 Print Control
2.5 Overheating Protection
Control of Printhead
2.8 Sleep Mode
3. PRINTER'S MECHANICAL
SYSTEM
3.1 Ink Passage
3.2 Ink Tank Unit
Page
4 - 18
4 - 22
4 - 26
4 - 31
4 - 32
4 - 33
4 - 37
4 - 39
4 - 39
4 - 41
4 - 44
4 - 48
4 - 49
4 - 50
4 - 51
4 - 51
3.3 Carriage Unit

3.4 Printhead
3.5 Purge Unit
3.6 Maintenance Carriage
3.7 Air Flow
3.8 Paper Path
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
4.1 Overview
4.5 Head Relay PCB
4.6 Power Supply
5.1 Detection Functions
Based on Sensors
Tank sensor (C)
Tank sensor (PC)
Tank sensor (PM)
Tank sensor (M)
Tank sensor (Y)
4-1
Figure 4-1 Printer Block Diagram

Operation
panel
J403
Upper cover
safety switch (L)
Upper cover
safety switch (R)
J11
J418
Upper cover lock

solenoid (R)
J419
J102
J417
J409
J6
CN1
J10
J5
Network
System controller
J408
J2
J416
Expansion
board
J2
Expansion
Optional
Feed motor
Feed roller
sensor
Upper cover lock

solenoid (L)
Air flow fan (L)
Air flow fan (R)
Suction fan
Pinch roller
pressure sensor
To power cord
J60
Power button +5.1V,GND

signal
+26.5V,GND
J105
Engine controller
J103
+3.3V
GND
J415
Power supply
J101
Feed sensor
motor
Carriage
J34
Right cover of
sensor
J402
J422
Cap sensor
J405B
Pump homeposition
sensor
J404B
J421
Purge motor
J404A
J407
J408
J410
Pump motor
Tank sensor (BK)
Purge unit
Valve motor
Carriage home
position sensor
Valve cam sensor

Valve motor unit
J48
J211
Maintenance
cartridge
J210
J405A
J213
J44
J212
J210
Carriage cover
sensor
J205
J209
Linear
encoder
J206
Ink tank unit J40
Carriage
relay PCB
Media sensor
J72
Carriage unit
J208
J1
+18V/
+19V
GND
J203
Tank relay PCB
Head
relay
PCB
J1102
Printhead
W6200
1. OVERVIEW
A block diagram of the printer is shown in Figure 4-1 below.
J1
J1
W6200

The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing
starts is shown in Figure 4-2 below.
Host computer
Optional software
RIP etc.
Printer driver
a
: Image data
: Mask pattern data
: Heat pulse
: Command data
: PCI bus
: Data bus
a' a'
W6200
Interface unit
Expansion
Network
b
CPU unit
Image processing
unit
CPU
ASIC
Operation
panel
c
EEPROM
FCRAM
Printhead
h
c, j
FLASH
EEPROM
SDRAM
Head relay PCB
d d
g
System controller
Engine controller
SDRAM
g
ASIC
Driver
ASIC
g'
Receiver
ASIC
Carriage relay PCB
e, f
EEPRROM
FLASH
SDRAM
i
f
Ink tank
EEPROM
i
CPU
f
f
i
Sensor and drive unit
Figure 4-2 Print Signal Sequence
4-2
Latch IC
W6200
a) The printer driver in the host PC compresses the image data, and then sends the
command data and other print data to the printer.
The resolution conversion, color conversion process, and six-color binary conversion
process for the image data are not performed.
The image process table data is used in the color conversion process, binary
conversion process, and other operations of the image data to achieve a high-quality
image output. This data is created and sent as command data based on the Paper
Type setting specified in the printer driver.
a') An optional software RIP performs resolution conversion of the image and then
sends this image data to the printer together with the command data after a color
conversion process or six-color binary conversion is performed.
b) This printer receives the print data from the interfaces controlled by the interface
unit of the system controller.
The received print data is sent to the CPU or ASIC.
c) The system controller expands the print data that was sent to the CPU or ASIC, and
then performs resolution conversion, color conversion and six-color binary
conversion, while storing data in the SDRAM or FCRAM at the optimal timing.
d) The ASIC in the system controller converts the print data to six-color binary image
data and command data and sends the data to the ASIC in the engine controller.
e) The ASIC in the engine controller stores the received image data in the SDRAM at
the optimal timing, and the data is combined with the mask data in the ASIC and
output in coordination with the discharge timing. The ASIC also sends the command
data from the system controller to the CPU.
f) The CPU in the engine controller obtains the mask pattern data from the FLASH
ROM based on the command data, printhead information from the EEPROM in the
printhead, and internal temperature from the latch IC on the head relay PCB, and
sends this data to the ASIC.
g) The ASIC in the engine controller sends the image data combined with the mask
pattern to the printhead as print signals while converting to data corresponding to
the printhead information and internal temperature. During this operation, heat
pulses are sent to the printhead for performing the optimal head driving.
g') The print signals undergo differential processing by the driver ASIC to reduce noise
and then are restored by the receiver ASIC.
4-3
W6200
h) The printhead convert the received print signals internally, which are in serial
format, into the parallel data used by a single nozzle array, and then perform heat
pulse and AND processing to carry out the printing.
i) The CPU in the engine controller manages the overall print drive operations while
monitoring the status of the printer components based on the adjustment values
stored in the EEPROM.
The SDRAM is used as work memory.
j) The CPU in the system controller manages the overall image processing operations
while controlling key operation and message display based on the adjustment values
stored in the EEPROM.
The firmware is stored in the FLASH ROM.
4-4
W6200
1.3 Print Driving

In this printer, the print signals and control signals pass through the carriage relay
PCB and head relay PCB and are output to the printhead. This allows the printhead to
perform printing operations by discharging ink from the printhead nozzles.
The printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, and Y from the left with the
carriage installed).
The print signals received by each printhead include even nozzle data (E_DTBK1,
DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2)
and odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2,
DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2). These two data types are sent according to the timing
determined by the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH).
The drive control signals include heat enable signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y) for
ejecting ink from the printhead nozzle and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) for maintaining stable ink discharge rates by raising the temperature of the head
when it is lower than the optimum operating temperature.
1.3.1 Print drive control

Each nozzle array on a printhead has 1280 nozzles.
The nozzles used for discharging ink are selected by the block enable information in
the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data and are separated into 24 blocks. (The
1280th nozzle ends at block number 15.) There are 54 nozzles in blocks 0 to 15, and
52 nozzles in blocks 16 to 23.
In the printhead nozzles in the selected block, heat enable signals and subheat
enables signals are applied to adjust the pulse width according to the head rank, head
temperature, internal temperature, and other factors to ensure optimal ink discharge,
and then the heat board in the printhead nozzle is driven so that ink is discharged.
The optimal nozzle block is selected based on the printing pass.
Printhead nozzle No.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223
Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
1279
The pattern is repeated until 1280 nozzles is reached.

The 1280th nozzle ends at block 15.
Figure 4-3 Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks

4-5
W6200
1.3.2 Print drive timing

Each printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, Y). These six arrays all use
the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH) signals.
The even nozzle data (E_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1,
DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1,
DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), heat enable
signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y), and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) are sent to a specific array as required to control each array separately.
Printing is performed in both the carriage forward and reverse directions.
The encoder sensor installed on the carriage generates 300-dpi pitch linear scale
detection signals (CRENCA) and 90-phase shift signals (CRENCB). The carriage
recognizes the movement direction by the state of the CRENCB signals with respect to
the rising of the CRENCA signals.
The printhead is driven using the 1200-dpi timing signals (XCOL-STR) that divide the
CRENCA signals detected by the 300-dpi timing into four equal parts.
Forward printing is based on the rising of the detection signals (CRENCA).
Reverse printing is based on the falling of the detection signals (CRENCA) and is
performed in the same manner as forward printing, except that the transmission
order of the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data reverses the heating order of the
printhead nozzles.
300dpi
Linear scale
CRENCA
CRENCB
1200dpi
XCOL-STR
1200dpi
HSCLK
O_DTBK1
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
O_DTBK2
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
E_DTBK1
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
E_DTBK2
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
LTH
HE_BK
SHE_BK
Low active
Low active
Figure 4-4 Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)
4-6
W6200
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.1.1 Power On
The initialization sequence when the power is turned on and before the printer enters
the online state is shown in the flow chart below. The printer requires about 2
minutes* to perform the initialization sequence.
* This does not include the time required for supplying ink and cleaning after storage
for an extended period of time.
Power button ON
"Initializing" is
shown on
display
Software
initialization
"Canon
W6200PG" is
shown on
display
Engine status check
Printhead check
* LEDs on operation panel turn on

* LEDs on operation panel turn off
* The system controller and engine controller are initialized
* LEDs on operation panel flash twice at one-second intervals
* EEPROM check
* Check of status when
power was last turned off
Error message
* Available printhead
* Printhead EEPROM check
Error message
Error message
RTC information wait

Cover check
check
* Paper release lever

* Upper cover
* Carriage cover
* Available maintenance cartridges
* Cartridge full detection
Error message
Error message
Carriage initialization
Ink supply valve
initialization
Ink tank check
* Available ink tanks

* Ink tanks EEPROM check
* Ink level detection
Error message
Cover lock
Cleaning
No media
Media detection
Media detected
Media load
"Offline" is shown
on display
Waiting for
media loading
Error message
Right cover lock release

Upper cover lock release
"Online" is shown Waiting for print operation
on display
Figure 4-5 Flow chart after Power On

4-7
W6200
2.2 Power Off

Turning off the power cuts off the voltage to all drive systems being supplied power and
starts the firmware power-off sequence.
CAUTION
This printer immediately suspends all operations in progress and stops

whenever the power cable is unplugged, or the upper cover, right cover are
opened. In this case, the printer may stop without performing the regular
capping operation for the printhead. If the power was turned off by
unplugging the power cable, plug the power cable into the outlet and turn
the power on again so that the printer enters the online state, and then
press the power button to turn off the power.
2.2.1 Power Off sequence
Power button OFF

"Shut Down.." is
shown on display
* Hold down for at least 1 second
System controller data * Writing to EEPROM

backup
Media detection
Cut sheet
Roll media
Discharge operation
Engine controller data

backup
* Writing to EEPROM
Power off
Figure 4-6 Power Off Flow Chart
4-8
W6200
2.3 Print Control

2.3.1 Print mode
This printer is capable of fast, high-quality printing without blurring or inconsistent
ink density by changing the carriage operation, sheet feeding operation, and other
printing methods according to the selected paper, print quality, and print data.
Printing is performed for each color using multiple passes. This enables reduction of
concentration irregularities caused by the range of discharge amounts for each nozzle,
and the print timing is shifted so that the printed ink is virtually fixed before the next
ink layer is applied in order to minimized bleeding.
The printer supports a maximum of 10-pass printing according to the required print
quality.
a) Draft mode
In the high-speed (draft) print mode, the image data is thinned out and a single
band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed in a 2-pass or 4-pass
operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Draft" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
Print operation in the high-speed print (Draft) mode varies according to the sheet
settings selected in the printer driver. If Plain Paper or Coated Paper is selected in
the sheet settings, the image data is divided into two parts for each color under
mask pattern control and printed in 2-pass bi-directional format. For Plain Paper,
the paper is fed by the length equal to the nozzle width every two scans. For Coated
Paper, the paper is fed by the length equal to 640 nozzles per scan.
If Heavy Coated Paper is selected in sheet settings, the image data is divided into
two parts for each color under mask pattern control, further divided into two parts
under nozzle block control and printed in 4-pass bi-directional format.
b) Standard mode
In normal print mode, a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is
printed in 4-pass or 8-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Standard" option under Print Quality settings
in the printer driver.
The printing operation varies depending on the sheet settings in the printer driver.
If Plain Paper is selected in the sheet settings, the image data is divided into two
parts for each color under mask pattern control, further divided into two parts
under nozzle block control and printed in 4-pass uni-directional format.
If setting other than Plain Paper is selected, the image data is divided into four
parts for each color under mask pattern control, further divided into two parts
under nozzle block control and printed in 8-pass bi-directional format.
c) High mode
In high quality print mode, a single band is printed using 8-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "High" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
The image data is divided into four parts for each color under mask pattern control,
then divided each into two parts under nozzle block control, and printed in 8-pass
bi-directional format.
4-9
W6200
d) Highest mode
In super-high quality print mode, a single band is printed using an 10-pass
operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Highest" Fine option under Print Quality
settings in the printer driver.
The image data is divided into five parts for each color under mask pattern control,
then divided each into two parts under nozzle block control, and printed in 10-pass
bi-directional format.
Table 4-1 PRINT MODES

Mode
Print resolution
(dpi)
Print pass
Print direction
Media type
Draft
300x1200
600x600
600x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
2-pass
4-pass
4-pass
8-pass
8-pass
10-pass
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Uni-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Plain paper, Coated paper

Heavy coated paper
Plain paper
All except Plain paper
All paper
All except Plain paper, Coated paper and
Standard
High
Highest
Heavy coated paper
4-10
W6200

For instructions on how to perform print position adjustments, see Part 3: 3.3.3 Contents of main
menu.
2.4.1 Print position adjustment

This printer incorporates a print position adjustment function for manual adjustment of the
vertical/horizontal positions, bidirectional printing position, and sheet feeding rate of the
printhead installed on the carriage.
The print position is adjusted by first printing the print position adjustment patterns with
slightly modified conditions and setting the adjustment values observed visually from the
operation panel.
The print position adjustment requires a roll media or cut sheet that is A3 size or larger.
2.5 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead

This printer is provided with an overheating protection control function that detects abnormally
high temperatures in the printhead.
The printhead can overheat, for instance, when the printing process continues for some
time with no ink supplied to the printhead nozzles. The overheating protection control
function prevents a printhead nozzle from becoming permanently clogged or damaged
due to excessive heat.
The overheating protection control process is based on the detected temperature of the
head temperature sensors in each nozzle array. If overheating is detected in a single
nozzle array, control is performed in one of the two stages below according to the
temperature.
Protection level 1:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 80C, the printer allows
the carriage to continue in the direction of its scanning pass and then stops it at the
scan end position. The wait control is activated to allow the heat to dissipate.
Printing resumes when the temperature drops below 80C.
Protection level 2:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 110C, the printer
immediately stops the printing operation, and the carriage returns to the home
position where capping is performed. An error message is shown on the display.

To prevent ink blots from forming, this printer discharges printed pages so that they
hang down from the platen and dry and is provided with a Pause between Pages
function for discharging sheets after a specified wait time. The user can set the wait
time from the printer driver. This function is particularly useful for film-type and other
sheets that need extra time to dry.
For borderless printing, 30 second drying time is set automatically.

To improve the printing throughput, this printer incorporates a White Raster Skip
function for skipping the carriage scan operation for continuous blank segments of
print data.
2.8 Sleep Mode

This printer has a Sleep mode for reducing the standby power.
The printer automatically enters Sleep mode (Power Save mode) when there are no user
operations and no print data has been received for a preset period of time in the Online
or Offline mode. The printer wakes from Sleep mode whenever the user performs any
key operations on operation manual or print data is received from the host computer.
The time until the printer enters Sleep mode can be changed from the operation panel.
See Part 3: 3.3.3 Contents of main menu for the procedure for changing this setting.
4-11
W6200
This page intentionally left blank
4-12
W6200
3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM

The printer mechanical system can be roughly divided into two major components: the
ink passage and paper path.
The ink passage consists of ink tank unit and a carriage unit where printhead are
installed, purge unit, and maintenance cartridge and performs the supply, circulation,
and suction/removal of ink.
The paper path is comprised of the paper feeder and performs two types of paper feeding,
transport, and discharge of media.
This section presents an overview of the components of the mechanical system.
Purge unit
Carriage unit
Paper feed
Ink tank unit
Figure 4-7 Printer Mechanical System
4-13
W6200
3.1 Ink Passage

3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
The ink passage consists of the ink tanks, printhead, caps, maintenance jet tray,
maintenance cartridge, ink tubes for connecting the mechanical components, and ink
suction pump that is activated when ink is removed. These components are used to
perform the supply, circulation, and suction/removal of ink.
A schematic diagram of the ink passage (for one color) and the ink flow are shown in
the figure below.
Mechanical Drive Unit
Ink or air flow
Joint
Carriage unit
Printhead
Joint
Ink tank
Suction pump
Ink supply valve
Cap
Joint
Sub buffer
Figure 4-8 Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)
4-14
W6200
a) Ink supply from ink tank to ink supply valve

The ink tank contains ink which is supplied to the printhead.
Ink flows from the ink tank to the ink supply valve due to the fluid level difference.
b) Ink inflow from ink tank to sub buffer
Although ink flows from the ink tank to the sub buffer due to the fluid level
difference, air also enters from the air passage of the sub buffer to maintain the
pressure inside the ink tank at a fixed level. If the ink inside the sub buffer exceeds
a certain level, the ink passes through the air passage and flows to the maintenance
cartridge.
c) Ink supply from ink supply valve to printhead
Ink is supplied from the ink tank to the printhead by opening the ink supply valve,
capping the heads, and then driving the suction pump. The ink removed from the
caps flows to the maintenance cartridge.
d) Ink supply during printing
During the printing operation, ink is constantly filling the printhead from the ink
tank due to the negative pressure applied to the printhead nozzle by the opening of
the ink supply valve and discharging of the print ink.
Waste ink removed by the cleaning operation and waste ink in the maintenance jet
tray flows to the maintenance cartridge.
CAUTION
If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.
4-15
W6200
3.2 Ink Tank Unit

3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit
a) Ink tank
The ink tanks contain ink (approx. 130 ml) for each color.
The amount of ink is stored in the EEPROM mounted on the ink tank.
The remaining ink level in the ink tank is detected using a dot count based on the
EEPROM information.
When the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that there is no electrical
current, a message appears on the display indicating that the ink is nearly empty. If
the dot count reaches the prescribed value from this state, the ink tank is
considered to be empty.
b) Ink port
The hollow needle enters the ink port (covered by a rubber plug) when the ink tank
lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and this
establishes an ink passage between the printer and ink tank.
c) Air passage
The open hollow needle enters the air passage (covered by a rubber plug) when the
ink tank lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and the
internal pressure of the ink tank is opened so that the internal pressure is
maintained at a fixed level.
d) Notches for preventing incorrect installation
The ink tanks have notches for preventing incorrect installation. The wrong ink
tanks cannot be inserted and set because of these notches.
The ink tank lever can be lowered only when the ink tank has been installed in the
set position, and the ink supply will not start unless the ink tank lever is lowered.
Notches for preventing
incorrect installation
Ink port
Air passage
EEPROM
Notches for preventing

incorrect installation
Ink tank
Figure 4-9 Ink Tank
4-16
W6200
e) Ink supply valve

The ink supply valve is located between the ink tank and ink tube. This valve
presents ink leakage from occurring when the ink tube on the ink tank side is
opened during replacement of the ink tank.
The ink supply valve is opened and closed by the valve cam, which turns based on
the power of the valve motor.
Valve motor
Valve cam
Ink supply valve
Figure 4-10 Ink Supply Valve
4-17
W6200
3.3 Carriage Unit

3.3.1 Carriage functions
a) Printhead mounting
The carriage mechanically locks the printhead and connects them to the terminals
on the head relay PCB.
b) Control
A carriage relay PCB and encoder are installed on the carriage. The carriage relay
PCB communicates the drive signal of the printhead, and the encoder detects the
carriage position and generates print timing signals. The carriage relay PCB is
connected to the engine controller by flexible cable.
c) Carriage drive
The carriage belt moves the carriage back and forth on the platen. The carriage belt
is driven by the power from the carriage motor.
d) Printhead maintenance
This printer has a cleaning function that performs wiping and suction of the printhead
when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition.
e) Media thickness adjustment
The gap between the bottom face of the printhead and the media surface can be
adjusted according to the media thickness. Although the print quality is higher when
the gap is narrow, ink blots may form on the print surface due to contact of the
media with the printhead face, or the printhead nozzles may be damaged. In this
printer, the user can use the printhead height adjustment lever to select the gap
width according to the media thickness (3 positions).
f) Paper width/skew detection
A media sensor is installed at the bottom left of the carriage for detecting the paper
width and skewing of the paper on the platen.
g) Internal temperature detection
Thermistors installed in the printhead relay PCBs are used to detect the internal
temperature in the vicinity of the printhead.
4-18
W6200
3.3.2 Structure of carriage

a) Printhead mounting unit
The printhead are mounted to the carriage by the printhead lock cover and
printhead lock lever. When the printhead are fixed to the carriage, the signal contact
point of the head relay PCB contacts the signal contact point of the printhead, and
this results in the transmission of print signals. Also, the ink passage from the ink
tank passes through the ink tube and connects to the printhead.
b) Ink port
Ink passes through the ink tube and is supplied to the printhead.
The ink tubes run through the joints and the tube guide and as they move in
coordination with the carriage.
Contact
Printhead lock cover

Ink supply joint
Printhead lock lever
Tube guide
Carriage motor
Carriage
Ink tube
Figure 4-11 Carriage Unit (1)

4-19
W6200
c) Control unit
The carriage relay PCBs are connected to the head relay PCBs by short flexible
cables. The flexible cable between the engine controller and carriage relay PCB
moves in coordination with the carriage together with the tube guide.
A photocoupler-type encoder is mounted at the bottom of the rear of the carriage for
reading the linear scale during carriage movement.
d) Carriage drive unit
Mechanical misalignment of the installed printhead in the vertical/horizontal
direction and in bidirectional printing can be corrected by using the "Adjust Printer"
command in the Main Menu to shift the print timing.
The carriage belt, which is driven by the power from the DC motor-type carriage
motor, moves the carriage in the sheet horizontal direction.
The carriage homeposition, which is also the capping position, is detected by the
carriage homeposition edge on the right side of the carriage and the photo
interrupter-type carriage homeposition sensor on the carriage right-side plate. The
position on the linear scale that corresponds to the detected carriage homeposition
is recorded as the homeposition, and this position is set as the reference point for
position control. The carriage motor is then driven and controlled using the control
signals generated by the engine controller.
Head relay PCB
Carriage relay PCB
Media sensor
Printhead height
adjustment lever
Carriage
homeposition edge
Maintenance-jet tray
Carriage cover
sensor
Figure 4-12 Carriage Unit (2)

4-20
W6200
e) Printhead maintenance unit

The printer performs cleaning operations of the printhead at the carriage
homeposition.
In the wiping operation, the printhead installed in the carriage are wiped as the
purge motor rotates when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition. The
maintenance jets are the carriage passes through the maintenance jet tray, located
on the right side of the platen, while the carriage is moving forward. The suction
operation is performed using the suction cap of the purge unit.
f) Gap adjustment unit
The printhead height adjustment lever located on the right side of the carriage works
in coordination with the height adjustment cam. The height adjustment rollers
located at the bottom-right edge of the carriage front are moved up and down by this
mechanism, and this moves the head holder position up or down to change the gap
between the face of the printhead and the media.
g) Media sensor unit
The media sensor located at the bottom left of the carriage consists of an LED and
photosensor.
h) Internal temperature detection
A thermistor for measuring the internal temperature is installed on the head relay
PCB on the rear of the head holder.
4-21
W6200
3.4 Printhead
3.4.1 Structure of printhead
A printhead has six nozzle arrays. Each nozzle can be controlled individually so that a
six-color discharge action is performed by a single printhead.
a) Nozzle arrays
Each nozzle array provides 1280 nozzles arranged in a two-column staggered
pattern. Each column is comprised of 640 nozzles separated by an interval of 1/600
inch and is arranged in a staggered pattern to form 1280 nozzles separated by an
interval of 1/1200 inch.
5/600inch
0
2
1276
1278
Bk
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
PC
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
0
2
1
3
1277
1279
1276
1278
PM
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
0
2
1
3
1277
1279
1276
1278
1
3
1/1200inch
1277
1279
Y
82/600inch
Figure 4-13 Nozzle Configuration
4-22
W6200
b) Nozzle structure
Ink is supplied from the ink tank, passes through by a mesh ink filter, and is sent to
the nozzles.
Ink is supplied from the shared ink chamber to the nozzles. When the head driving
current is applied to the nozzle heater, this causes the ink to boil and form bubbles
so that ink droplets are discharged from the nozzles.
Resin
Silicon plate
Heater
Heater
Shared ink chamber
Figure 4-14 Nozzle Structure
4-23
W6200
c) Signal contact points

The signal contact points on the printhead are connected to the signal contact points
on the head relay PCB so that print signals and other information are sent from the
carriage relay PCB to the nozzles.
9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
Figure 4-15 Signal Contact Points

Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (1/2)
Pin number
1,2,3
4
5
6
7,8
9
10
11
12,13,14,15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24,25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal
HGND
E_DTLM1
E_DTLC1
O_DTLM2
GND
E_DTC1
E_DTC2
O_DTC2
HGND
SHE_LC
O_DTLC1
SHE_BK
SHE_LM
HE_LM
GND
E_DTM2
LTH
HGND
VHFBG
DIALC()
DIAK()
DIAK()
O_DTBKI
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
GND
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
GND
Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/odd nozzle)
GND
Sub heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (PC nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Sub heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
GND
Data latch signal
GND
NC
DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)
4-24
W6200
Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (2/2)
Pin number
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64,65,66,67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77,78
Signal
HE_LC
DIALM1
SHE_M
HE_Y
DIAM1
E_DTY2
P_DTM2
DIAY0
E_DTY1
O_DTBK1
E_DTBK1
E_DTLC2
HE_BK
DIALM0
DIAC0
HSCLK
HE_M
DIAY1
O_DTY2
O_DTY1
P_DTM1
DIAM0
VHFBH
VH
E_DTBK2
O_DTLC2
O_DTLM2
H5V
PECE
SHE_C
EPDO
E_DTM1
O_DTC1
VH
VHT
DIALC1
O_DTLM1
H5V
EPCLK
EPD1
DIACI
HE_C
SHE_Y
VH
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OM
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
Function
Heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/odd nozzle)
DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
Heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
Synchronous clock signal
Heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
NC
Head drive power supply
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
Head EEPROM chip select signal
Sub heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
Head EEPROM read data signal
Power transistor drive power supply
DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
Head EEPROM clock signal
Head EEPROM write data signal
DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
4-25
W6200
3.5 Purge Unit

3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
To maintain high print quality, the purge unit performs maintenance of the nozzles in
the printhead.
The functions of the purge unit include capping, cleaning, and ink supply.
a) Capping
Capping prevents nozzle drying and dust adhesion by pressing the cap of the purge
unit to the face plate on the nozzle section of the printhead.
Capping is performed when printing is completed, at the start of the suction
operation, and when switching to the standby state due to an error.
The capping operation also connects the ink passage between the printhead and
purge unit.
b) Cleaning
Cleaning includes a wiping operation for removing paper fibers and dried ink
deposits adhering to the nozzle face plates of the printhead, a suction operation for
removing ink from the nozzles and drawing new ink to refresh the nozzles, and a
maintenance jet operation where ink is sprayed from the nozzles to the cap or
maintenance jet tray to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust and other foreign
particles near the nozzles. The combination of these three maintenance operations
improves nozzle discharge performance.
Details of the cleaning function are shown in the table below.
Printer status
At installation
Power has been turned on after a
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last cleaning C or
initial refilling suction
Power has been turned on after at
least 720 hours (but not more than
2160 hours) has elapsed since the last
cleaning C or initial refilling suction.*2
Power has been turned on after at least
2160 hours has elapsed since the last
cleaning C or initial refilling suction.*2
Before printing when less than
printing was completed
Before printing when between
48 hours and 168 hours has elapsed
since the last printing was completed
Before printing when more than
printing was completed
Scan period during printing
After printing is completed when a
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last wiping*3
After printhead replacement
Cleaning description
Ink consumption*1
Initial refilling suction + Cleaning C Approx. 30 g
Cleaning C
Approx. 10 g
Cleaning C
Approx. 10 g
Cleaning D
Approx. 30 g
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
Approx. 0.008 g
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
Approx. 0.016 g
Cleaning A
Approx. 1 g
Maintenance jet
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
5 discharges per nozzle

Approx. 0.008 g
Cleaning C
Approx. 10 g
4-26
W6200
Printer status
Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning A)
Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning B)
Cleaning description
Cleaning A
Cleaning B
suction
Cleaning A
Cleaning C
Ink consumption*1
Approx. 1 g
Approx. 5 g
When power is turned on within 72

Approx. 1 g
hours from error end*4
When power is turned on after 72
Approx. 10 g
hours from error end*4
*1 Ink consumption amount for each nozzle array.
*2 If the power is not turned on within 336 hours, perform cleaning C because the
unattended timer stops.
3
* In the banner print mode, the cleaning operation starts upon reaching a predefined
point.
*4 When the power button was not pressed and capping could not be performed, such as
during a power outage or when the power cable is unplugged.
c) Ink supply
The suction pump of the purge unit operates in coordination with the ink supply
valve to deliver the ink in the ink tank to the printhead during the initial refilling
and ink level adjustment.
Purge unit
Figure 4-16 Purge Unit
4-27
W6200
3.5.2 Structure of purge unit

a) Caps
The caps are used to cap the nozzle arrays on the printhead during the capping and
cleaning operations. The rubber section of the cap touches the face plate of the
nozzle array. Each printhead (six nozzle arrays) installed in the carriage has two
caps.
The caps are activated during the capping operation and are used to protect the
nozzle arrays. The caps are raised by the cap cams operated by the purge motor to
cover the arrays when the carriage has moved to the homeposition.
Capping is also performed during the cleaning operation, and the suction pump is
then used to remove ink from the printhead.
Carriage lockpin
Wipers
Cap
Cap sensor
Purge motor
Pump motor
Figure 4-17 Caps
4-28
W6200
b) Wipers
The wipers are operated by the purge motor and perform the wiping of six nozzle
arrays simultaneously of the printhead. One pairs of wiper blades are used to
provide improved wiping performance. The wiping operation is performed in a "slide
wipe" style where the wiper blades slide based on the forward rotation of the purge
motor. This action is performed after the printing or suction operations using a
constant-speed movement in the front direction as viewed from the printer front.
The wiper cam raises the wiper unit to the wiping position. The wiper blade, which is
positioned perpendicular to the printhead, wipes the entire face plate of the
printhead, and then the narrow blade is used to wipe the nozzle array.
After wiping, the wiper blades are cleaned before they are set at the wiping position
so that maximum wiping performance can be maintained.
In the wiper blade cleaning, ink that was wiped from the head section is rubbed off
by an ink scrapping receptacle connected to the maintenance cartridge, and then the
blades are wiped off with a blade cleaner.
Printhead
Wiper blade
Ink scrapping receptacle
Wipers
Blade cleaner
Cap
Figure 4-18 Wiping Operation (Image)
4-29
W6200
c) Pumps
In this printer, tube pumps press on the ink tubes using push rollers to produce
negative pressure and enable suction of the ink. Two rollers are used to press a
single tube one after the other to allow flexible control over the ink suction volume.
The rotation timing of the push rollers in the suction pump is detected by the pump
home position sensor, and the rotation speed is controlled by the driving of the
pump motor (stepping motor).
Cap
Cap
Pumps
Push rollers
Ink tubes
to Maintenance cartridge

Pump motor
Figure 4-19 Pumps

d) Sensors
Sensors are located in the purge unit for detecting the status of the printer
components.
For more information, see Part 4: 5. Detection Functions.
4-30
W6200
3.6 Maintenance Cartridge

3.6.1 Maintenance cartridge
a) Maintenance cartridge
The maintenance cartridge can hold up to approximately 1000 ml (approx. 1000g) of
waste ink (including moisture evaporation in the waste ink).
b) Detection of waste ink in maintenance cartridge
The quantity of the waste ink in the maintenance cartridge is measured by counting
dots.
When about 800 ml (about 800 g) of waste ink has been collected in the
maintenance cartridge, a warning message "MTCart Full Soon" appears to indicate
that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full.
Printing can be continued even if the warning message appears.
When about 1000 ml (about 1000 g) of waste ink has been collected in the
maintenance cartridge, an error message "Replace MT-Cart." appears to indicate that
the maintenance cartridge is full.
When the printer judges the maintenance cartridge as being full of waste ink, it
stops printing immediately.
The printer will not operate unless the maintenance cartridge is replaced with a new one.
NOTE
This printer has an EEPROM in the maintenance cartridge and the

maintenance cartridge status is controlled by the engine firmware which
reads and writes the content of that EEPROM. Therefore, the counter
information need not be initialized when the maintenance cartridge is
replaced.
The ink discharge rate from the ink tubes and subbuffer resulting from
execution of the Move Printer command in the Main menu is counted
during the initial filling suction.
Ink discharge rate occurring from "Move Printer" menu: Approx. 25 g per color
A maximum of 400 pages can be printed (A1 size, 18% duty for each
color) from the moment the warning message appears to the moment the
error message appears.
Figure 4-20 Maintenance Cartridge

4-31
W6200
3.7 Air Flow

3.7.1 Air flow
Ink mist that floats inside the printer or splashes from the paper during printing is
collected by the air flow inside the printer into the maintenance cartridge.
The air flow fans at the right and left sides of the printer cartridge and the suction fan
at the center of the printer create an air current that carries the ink mist to the
maintenance cartridge.
Air flow fan
Suction fan
Air flow fan
Figure 4-21 Air Flow
4-32
W6200
3.8 Paper Path

3.8.1 Overview of paper path
The paper path includes the following components: feed rollers, pinch roller drive unit
for pressing and releasing the pinch rollers, and sensors for detecting the media
feeding status. The paper path performs manual feeding, transport, and delivery for
the roll media and cut sheets.
The diagram below presents an overview of the paper path and its operations.
Pinch roller
Paper release lever
Printhead
Roll media
Roll holder
Feed roller
Figure 4-22 Paper Path
4-33
W6200
Roll media feeding starts
1) Feed forward 108 mm from the paper set position.
Feeding
Media sensor calibration
Media leading
edge detec
Media width detection
Media skewing detection
Roll media feeding ends
1) Media sensor is moved over the media.

2) Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over
the media is checked.
3) Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4) The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the
sensor input value varies depending on the media type.
1) Media sensor is moved over the media.
2) The media is fed in reverse, and preliminary detection of the
media leading edge is made. (Feeding stops when detection
is made.)
3) The media is fed forward, and the media leading edge is detected.
1) The media sensor moves over the platen and the media is fed 50 mm forward.
2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)
3) Preliminary detection of the media right edge is made. (The carriage forward
movement is stopped when detection is made.)
4) The media right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
1) The media sensor moves over the platen at the media left edge and the
media is fed 300 mm forward.
2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
This is compared with the media left edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The skewing amount must be 1 mm or less.)
Print standby position
Print
Figure 4-23 Roll Media feed Sequence

a) Roll media tray feeding
Roll media loaded onto the back of the printer are transported by the feed rollers.
When the leading edge of the roll media is set on the platen with the roll media
selected, the paper is fed by the feed drive motor when the paper release lever is
returned to set the paper type.
After performing calibration of the media sensor in this state, perform media leading
edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the roll
media at the print standby position.
The roll media is then fed by a length equivalent to the margin of the leading edge,
and the printing operation is started. Feeding of the roll media during printing is
performed by controlling the rotation of the feed rollers according to the printing
mode.
4-34
W6200
Cut sheet fed starts

Media trailing edge
detection
1)The sheet is fed forward, and preliminary detection of the sheet

trailing edge is made by the media sensor. (Feeding stops
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and the sheet trailing edge is detected
by the media sensor. (Feeding stops when detection is made.)
Media sensor calibration 1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.
2)Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over the sheet
is checked.
3)Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4)The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the sensor input
value varies depending on the media type.
Media width detection
Media leading edge

detection (start)
Leading edge detection
1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
2)Preliminary detection of the sheet right edge is made. (The carriage forward movement
is stopped when detection is made.)
3)The sheet right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.
2)The sheet is fed 300 mm in reverse. (Feeding
stops when detection is made.)
Unable to detect
Detected
Media leading edge 1)The sheet is fed forward,

detection (continued) and the sheet leading edge
is detected.
Media leading edge

detection (shutdown)
Media skewing
detection
Media leading edge

detection (recovery)
Media skewing detection
Cut sheet fed ends
1) The media sensor moves over the platen at the sheet

left edge and the sheet is fed 50 mm forward.
2) The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward
movement is stopped momentarily when detection
is made.)
This is compared with the sheet left edge found at
media width detection to find the skewing amount.
(The skewing amount must be 2 mm or less.)
Print standby position
1)The media sensor moves over

the platen at the sheet left
edge.
1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The
carriage forward movement is stopped
This is compared with the sheet left
edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The
skewing amount must be 2 mm or
less.)
1)The media sensor is moved to
the leading edge detection
shutdown position.
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and
preliminary detection of the
sheet leading edge is made.
(Feeding is stopped when
detection is made.)
3)The sheet is fed forward, and
the sheet leading edge is
detected. (Feeding is stopped
when detection is made.)
Print
Figure 4-24 Cut Sheet feed Sequence

b) Cut sheet feeding
Cut sheets that are loaded onto the platen are transported by the feed rollers. When
cut sheets are loaded with the cut sheet option selected, if the paper release lever is
returned to its original position and the upper cover is closed to set the paper type,
the feed motor turns forward and the media sensor detects the trailing end of the cut
sheet set on the paper.
After performing calibration of the media sensor in this state, perform media leading
edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the cut
sheet at the print standby position. The cut sheets are then fed by a length
equivalent to the margin of the leading edge, and the printing operation is started.
Feeding of the cut sheets during printing is performed by controlling the rotation of
the feed rollers according to the printing mode.
4-35
W6200
c) Paper delivery
If auto cut is enabled when using roll media, the media is fed to the cut position
after printing and cut using the cutter. Then, the roll media on the platen is fed by
approximately 100 mm, and the cut roll media is pushed out. The discharged sheet
is stacked on the stacker with the printed side face down.
The roll media on the platen is returned to the print standby position.
In continuous banner printing with roll media, the paper is not cut and waits in
pause mode for maintenance operations such as cleaning.
The printed cut sheets stop on the platen, and a message is displayed when printing
is finished.
The paper is ejected when the [Paper Source] button is pressed while the
NOTE printer is offline. However, the paper is not ejected if "Cutter disable" is set
in roll media mode.
4-36
W6200

3.9.1 Structure of feed rollers
a) Paper feed unit
The paper feed unit consists of media feeding mechanisms, including feed rollers
driven by the feed motor and the pinch roller unit operating in conjunction with the
feed rollers.
To ensure that no waves form on the media, the paper remains flat as it passes over
the platen so that it is carried horizontally as it passes under the printhead of the
carriage.
b) Detection unit
The paper feed unit includes sensors for monitoring the media feeding status and
sensors for monitoring the status of the component parts of the paper path.
For more information, see Part 4: 5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS.
Pinch roller
Paper release lever
Cut sheet
Feed roller
Figure 4-25 Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit
4-37
W6200
3.9.2 Structure of cutter unit

a) Sheet cutter
When Autocut: Yes is selected in the Main Menu, the cutter unit mounted on the
left side of the carriage automatically cuts the roll media. However, the roll media is
not cut if it is suppressed by the driver.
Cutter unit
4-38
W6200
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

4.1 Overview
The printer electrical system consists of the system controller, engine controller, and
power supply, all of which are mounted at the rear of the printer; the carriage relay
PCBs, head relay PCBs, and printhead, which are located in the carriage unit; the
operation panel on the upper right cover; and other electrical components, such as the
sensors and motors.
The system controller manages image data, and the engine controller manages all
electrical components. The other relay PCBs and drivers control the various functions
under the management of the engine controller.
4-39
Operation panel
control function
Operation panel
4-40
Figure 4-27 Printer Electrical Section

Solenoid control function
Solenoids
Clutch control function
Motor control
function
Sensor detection
function
Sensors
Fan control function
Engine controller
Remaining ink level

detection function
Image data control function

- Mask conversion
- Differential conversion
Printhead driving power

supply generation function
Image data demodulation

function
Head relay PCB
Ink tube unit
DI sensor reading
control function
Fans
Carriage motor
Valve motor
Purge unit
Ink tank
Ink tank unit
System controller
Image data control function and RGB

multi-data 6-color binary conversion
Interface control
function
Host computer
Printhead
Temperature reading
control function
Head relay PCB
Carriage unit
Clutches
Feed motor
Sensors
+26.5 V generation
function
+5.1 V generation
function
+3.3 V generation
function
Power supply
Optional connector
assembly
AC inlet
W6200
W6200

4.2.1 System controller components
IC26
IC12
IC17
LED5
IC2
IC23
IC1
IC27
IC19
IC16
IC21
SW1
IC10
IC20
IC3
IC9
IC25 IC24
Figure 4-28 System Controller

a) CPU (IC1)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 266-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33.333-MHz external clock.
The CPU is connected to one 64-MB DIMM board, two 2-MB ROM chips, and a 4Kbit EEPROM chip. The CPU has the following functions.
DMA controller
The DMA controller manages the network, expansion card slots, and other input
interfaces and DMA transfer of the data stored in the SDRAM.
Interrupt controller
The interrupt controller receives and processes the external interrupts from the
network, image process ASIC (IC2), and the expansion card slots, in addition to the
internal interrupts.
4-41
W6200
b) Image process ASIC (IC2)

The image process ASIC converts the RGB multi-value image data and YMCK multivalue image data from the host computer received after passing through the
interface connectors to six-color binary image data. In addition, the image process
ASIC has the following functions.
Engine controller communication control
This function controls serial communication with the engine controller.
Operation panel control
This function controls serial communication with the operation panel.
c) Network device controller (IC16)
The network device controller receives print data sent from the host computer after
passing through the interface connectors.
d) DIMM
The 64-MB DIMM is connected to the 64-bit data bus and is used as the work area.
The DIMM is used as the image buffer when print data is received.
e) FLASH ROM (IC9, IC10)
The 4-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 8-bit data bus and 64-bit data bus and
stores a printer control program.
f) EEPROM (IC21)
The 4-Kbit EEPROM stores the setting values and adjustment values from the Main
Menu.
g) FCRAM (IC12)
The 8-MB FCRAM is connected to the image process ASIC and is used as the image
buffer when print data is received.
4-42
W6200
h) DIP switches (SW1)

This is for setting the network communication speed and transfer mode.
Once the settings are modified, the power must be turned off and then on again.
No.
1
2
3
4
ON
Manual
100 Mbps
Full duplex mode
Using the hub spanning tree function
OFF
Automatic
10 Mbps
Half duplex mode
Not using the hub spanning tree function
The current communication settings can be checked using the LED of the LAN port.
Green : 100 Mpbs
Yellow : 10 Mbps
i) Lithium Battery (BAT1)

The lithium battery is connected to the RTC in the IC19. The battery can perform
backups for approximately ten years with the printer inactive.
4-43
W6200

4.3.1 Engine controller components
IC401
IC405
IC416 IC408 IC407
IC417
IC418
IC403
IC402
IC405
IC423
IC415
IC410
IC420
IC421
IC422
IC425
IC426
IC411
IC424
IC427
IC432
IC419
IC433
IC434
IC409
IC435
IC439
IC437
IC428
IC429
IC440
IC430
IC431
IC442
IC441
Figure 4-29 Engine Controller

a) CPU (IC429)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 132-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33-MHz external clock.
The CPU is used 8-MB SDRAM (IC416) and 16-Kbit EEPROM (IC421). The CPU
performs parameter control and has the following functions.
Power supply on/off control
This function performs on/off control of the drive power (26.5 V, 5.1 V, and 3.3 V)
supplied from the power supply based on the power button push-down signal that
is input after passing through the system controller.
Timer function
This function is used for the cleaning functions.
The internal RTC (realtime clock) and lithium battery allow the timer to operate
even when the AC power supply is off for performing the cleaning function.
4-44
W6200
Ink tank EEPROM control

This function controls the reading and writing of data to the EEPROM mounted on
the ink tank for each color.
Ink tank level detection
This function detects the remaining ink level for each color based on the signals
from the electrodes mounted on the hollow needle.
b) ASIC (IC423)
The ASIC, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 66-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33-MHz external clock.
The CPU is used two 16-MB SDRAM chips and one LVDS driver. The ASIC has the
following functions.
System controller communication control
This function controls serial communication with the system controller.
Image data reception
This function receives the image data from the system controller and stores it in
the SDRAM (IC434, IC435).
Image data generation/output
This function generates the image data for printing each color from the image data
received from the system controller and mask pattern corresponding to the print
mode in the SDRAM (IC416).
This function also controls the output of the generated image data to the carriage
relay PCB.
Heat enable signal control
This functions uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time that the
heat enable signal is applied to the nozzle heater board for each nozzle array in the
printhead.
Linear scale count
This function reads the linear scale during carriage driving and generates the 300dpi timing signal.
1200-dpi timing generation
This function divides the linear scale 300-dpi timing into four equal parts to
generate the 1200-dpi timing signal.
Dot count
This function counts the discharge dots used as information for the heat enable
signal function, maintenance jet control, cleaning function, and remaining ink level
for each nozzle array.
PWM control
This function performs driving control of the carriage motor, and suction fan and
temperature control of the printhead based on the control signals from the CPU.
4-45
W6200
Feed motor control

This function performs rotation detection of the encoder slit and control of the feed
motor speed and position based on the control signals from the CPU.
I/O port
This function performs I/O control from the sensors and controls the driving units
of the motors, clutch, solenoids, and other parts.
c) LVDS Driver (IC405)
The image data generated by the ASIC (IC423) undergoes differential processing to
reduce noise and then is sent to the carriage relay PCB.
d) SDRAM (IC434, IC435)
The 16-MB SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus and is used as an image
buffer when receiving the print data.
e) Flash ROM (IC417)
The 8-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and stores a printer
control program and mask patterns.
f) SDRAM (IC416)
The 8-MB SDRAM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and is used as a CPU work
memory.
g) EEPROM (IC421)
The 16-Kbit EEPROM stores the printer adjustment values.
It also is used to store the service mode history (P-SETTING, WARNING, ERROR).
h) Motor driver (IC419, IC424)
This motor driver is used to drive the carriage motor, which is a DC motor with
built-in software servo.
i) Motor driver (IC410, IC411)
This motor driver is used to perform constant-voltage driving of the pump motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.
j) Motor driver (IC412)
This motor driver is used to perform constant-current driving of the purge motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.
k) Motor driver (IC420)
This drives the feed motor, which is a DC brush motor.
l) Motor driver (IC431)
This drives the valve motor, which is a DC brush motor.
m) Regulator IC (IC428)
The regulator IC generates the ASIC internal driving power supply (2.5 V).
n) Regulator IC (IC437)
The regulator IC generates the CPU internal driving power supply (1.9 V)
4-46
W6200
o) Regulator IC (IC439)
The regulator IC generates the RTC driving power supply (1.8 V) in the CPU.
p) D/A converter (IC420)
This converter is used to set the driving current of the feed motor.
q) Reset IC (IC442)
The reset IC initializes the engine controller based on the control signals from the
system controller.
r) Lithium battery (BAT1)
The lithium battery is connected to the RTC in the CPU. The battery can performs
backups for approximately four weeks with the AC power unconnected.
4-47
W6200

4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components
IC203
IC212
IC206
IC205
IC351
IC204
IC211
IC209
Figure 4-30 Carriage Relay PCB

a) Receiver ASIC (IC212)
The receiver ASIC receives and recovers the image data that has undergone
differential processing by the LVDS driver (IC405) in the engine controller, and then
sends this data to the printhead.
b) Regulator IC (Q211)
The regulator IC is used to generate the discharge drive power supply (19 V) of the
printhead from +26.5 V.
4-48
W6200
4.5 Head Relay PCB

4.5.1 Head relay PCB components
TH1101
IC1101
Figure 4-31 Head Relay PCB

a) Latch IC (IC1101)
DI sensor reading control
The DI sensor value in the printhead and head rank are obtained for each color
and sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent from
the engine controller.
Environment temperature reading control
The environment temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1101) on the head
relay PCB is sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent
from the engine controller.
Relay for head logic driving power supply
The logic driving power (5 V) is supplied to the printhead based on the control
signals that are sent from the engine controller.
b) Thermistor (TH1101)
The thermistor sends the environment temperature in the vicinity of the head relay
PCB to the engine controller after passing through the carriage relay PCB.
4-49
W6200
4.6 Power Supply

4.6.1 Power supply block diagram
AC inlet
100 V to 240 V
Power supply
Carriage motor driving power: +26.5 V
Operation panel
STANDBY
START
System controller
+26.5V
Engine controller
DC power
supply
control circuit
+26.5 V
generation
circuit
Inverter
transformer
Noise filter circuit
DC power
supply
control circuit
+5.1V
+5.1 V/+3.3V
generation
circuit
+3.3V
Active filter circuit
Figure 4-32 Power Supply Block Diagram

The universal power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100 V to 240 V
supplied from the AC inlet to DC voltages for supplying the driving voltages of ICs,
motors, and other parts.
The voltage generating circuits are divided into the power supply system for driving
the motors (+26.5 V) and sensors (+5.1 V) and the power supply system for driving the
logic circuits (+3.3 V).
The +26.5 V/+5.1 V system uses a combination of START signals sent regularly from
the power supply and power button signals to control the STANDBY signals and turn
the power on and off.
During power save mode, the STANDBY signals are controlled to turn off the +26.5
V/+5.1 V output. Also, only the carriage motor driving +26. 5 V power is turned off
when the upper cover is opened.
4-50
W6200
5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
5.1.1 Sensors for covers
Upper cover safety switch (L)
Upper cover safety switch (R)
Right cover sensor
Figure 4-33 Layout of Sensors for Covers
4-51
W6200
Upper cover safety switch

The microswitch-based upper cover sensors detect opening and closing of the upper
cover.
When the upper cover is closed, a switch is depressed to notify the sensor that the
cover is closed.
To prevent the uneven fitting of the upper cover, sensors are located on both the
right and left sides.
Right cover sensor
The photo interrupter-based right cover sensor detects the opening and closing of
the right cover.
When the right cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and this
notifies the sensor that the right cover is closed.
NOTE
When the upper cover is closed, the +26.5 V power is supplied by the
power supply to drive the carriage motor and feed motor.
4-52
W6200
5.1.2 Ink passage system

Pump homeposition
sensor
Cap sensor
Valve cam sensor
Figure 4-34 Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System
4-53
W6200
Cap sensor
The photo inerrupter-based cap sensor detects the status of the caps on the purge
unit.
The sensor determines that the cap is closed when the rotary flag, which operates in
conjunction with the cap cam shaft, cuts off the sensor light. The other states are
determined by the number of pulses from the pulse motor based on the timing when
the sensor light is cut off.
Sensor
Rotary flag
* Carriage lock
* Capping
* Lowering of cap
* Wiping start
* Opening of air through
valve
* Wiper reversal
* Closing of air through
valve
Figure 4-35 Cap Sensor Flag

The photo interrupter-based pump sensor detects the homeposition of the suction
pump rollers.
The homeposition of the pump is defined as the position where the rotary flag, which
operates in conjunction with the drive gear shaft of the rollers, cuts off the sensor
light.
* Homeposition
Rotary flag
* During suction
* Homeposition
Sensor
Figure 4-36 Pump Sensor Flag
4-54
W6200
Valve cam sensor

The photo inerrupter-based valve cam sensor detects the status of the valve cam on
the ink tank unit.
The sensor determines that the ink supplyer valve is opened when the rotary flag,
which operates in conjunction with the valve cam, cuts off the sensor light.
Close
Open
Sensor
Rotary flag
Figure 4-37 Valve Cam Sensor
4-55
Close
W6200
5.1.3 Carriage system

Head relay PCB
Linear encoder
Madia sensor
Linear scale
Figure 4-38 Layout of Sensors for Carriage System
4-56
W6200
Media sensor
The photo reflection-based media sensor detects the edges of the media. The sensor
detects the edges by monitoring the change in voltage with respect to changes in the
reflection density from the media.
Since the sensor light uses infrared light, light emission cannot be confirmed
visually.
Sensor cover
Photo-reflective sensor unit
Media
Figure 4-39 Media Sensor (Image)

The photo interrupter-based carriage cover sensor detects opening and closing of the
carriage cover.
When the carriage cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and
this notifies the sensor that the carriage cover is closed.
The photo interrupter-based carriage homeposition sensor detects the home position
of the carriage.
The sensor, located on the right-side plate, detects the carriage homeposition edge
on the carriage unit during carriage moving.
The carriage homeposition is defined based on the location where the edge is
detected.
Linear encoder
The linear encoder, installed on the rear of the carriage, detects the position of the
carriage using the slits on the linear scale while the carriage is moving.
Environment temperature sensor
The environment temperature sensor (thermistor) installed on the head relay PCB
detects the environment temperature in the vicinity of the carriage.
The resistance measured by the thermistor, which varies as the temperature inside
the printer changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the
carriage relay PCB.
The environment temperature is used to calibrate the head temperature sensor and
to detect abnormal internal printer temperatures.
Head temperature sensor
A set of two diode head temperature sensors are installed at the top and bottom of
the nozzle arrays of printhead to detect the temperature of the printhead.
The voltage produced by each diode, which varies as the temperature near the nozzle
array changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the carriage
relay PCB.
The head temperature information is used to control the operation of the head and
to detect abnormal head temperatures.
Printhead contact detection
The status of direct contact between the contact faces of the printhead and the
carriage is checked by testing the electrical conductivity.
The contact status between the two faces is detected from the voltage changes of the
flexible cable connecting two separate terminals on the contact surface of the
printhead, the power supply terminal, and the GND terminal.
4-57
W6200
5.1.4 Paper path system

Feed sensor
Figure 4-40 Layout paperpath sensor
4-58
W6200
Feed sensor
The photo reflection-based feed sensor detects if paper is on the platen.
The sensor detects the presence of paper by receiving the sensor light reflected from
the paper.
4-59
Part 5
MAINTENANCE
Page
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 2
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 6
5- 6
5- 7
5- 7
5 -10
5 -36
5 -38
5 -39
5 -43
5 -43
5 -43
5 -44
5 -44
5 -45
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement
Parts
2. SERVICING TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
5.2 Points to Note on
Disassembly and
Reassembly
5.3 Opening the Caps and
Moving the Wiper Unit
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink
Supply Valve
6.1 Adjustments and Setup Items
6.2 Adjustment and Setup
Procedures
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
5 -48
5 -62
5 -65
5 -68
5 -72
5 -72
5 -77
5 -87
5 -92
5 -96
5 -98
5 -100
5 -104
5 -119
5 -132
5 -139
5 -142
7.2 Troubleshooting When

Warning Occur
7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors
Occur
7.4 Troubleshooting When
Service Call Error Occur
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other
Problems Indicated on the
Display
7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems
Not Indicated on the Display
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND
PIN ARRANGEMENT
8.4 Head Relay PCB
8.5 Power Supply
9 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
9.5 Head Relay PCB
9.6 Power Supply
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts
Level
User
Service personnel
Regular replacement part

None
None

For details, refer to Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Level
Consumable
User
Printhead
Air filter (Included with printhead)
Ink tank (black)
Ink tank (photo cyan)
Ink tank (cyan)
Ink tank (photo magenta)
Ink tank (magenta)
Ink tank (yellow)
Cutter unit
Service personnel
None

Level
User
Service personnel
Regular maintenance
Cleaning of ink mist and other substances
(When necessary and when replacing the printhead)
None
5-1
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
2. SERVICE TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
General-purpose tools
Long Phillips screwdriver
Application
Inserting and removing screws
Phillips screwdriver
Inserting and removing screws
Flat-head screwdriver
(small)
Removing the E-ring
Needle-nose pliers
Inserting and removing the spring parts
Hex key wrench
Inserting and removing hexagonal screws
Penlight
Assisting in the manual capping procedure
Multimeter
Troubleshooting
Flat brush
Applying grease
Lint free paper
Wiping off ink
Rubber gloves
Preventing ink stains
LAN cable
(Crossover cable)
For upgrading the firmware version
RS-232C cable
(9-pin, male, crossover cable)
For obtaining service information
Special-purpose tools
Cover switch tool
(QY9-0103-000)
Application
Pressing the cover switch
(see Part5: 2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool)
Syringe
(CK-0541-000)
Draining the ink manually

(see Part5: 5.5.2 Manual ink drainage)
Tube
Draining the ink manually

(see Part5: 5.5.2 Manual ink drainage)
(QA2-6161-000)
Grease PERMALUBE G-2
(CK-0551-020)
Applying to specified locations

(see Part5: 3. APPLYING THE GREASE)
Grease MOLYKOTE PG-641

(CK-0562-020)
Applying to specified locations

(see Part5: 3. APPLYING THE GREASE)
Firmware
updating tool
(CNWFUT01.exe*1)
For upgrading the firmware.

(see Part3: 6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE)
Firmware
For recovering the boot firmware of System controller.
recovery tool
(see Part3: 6. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE)
(com_fut.exe)
*1 : Usage period is limited.
5-2
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance

Use the cover switch tool by inserting the hook into the cover switch.
Cover switch tool
Cover switch tool
Figure 5-1 Using the Cover Switch Tool
5-3
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance

Apply the grease at the location shown below.
Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush.
See Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY and the Parts Catalog for reassembling and
disassembling the printer.
CAUTION
Don't apply the grease to locations other than those designated. Unwanted
grease may cause poor print quality, take particular care that grease does
not get onto the wiper, cap, or the linear scale.
Plate spring : Permalub G No.2
approx. 12mg
Cam : Permalub G No.2

approx. 12mg
Lock pin :
Permalub G No.2 approx. 12mg
Joint :
Molykote PG-641 approx. 24mg
Figure 5-2 Applying the grase of carriage

Permalube G No.2
approx. 24mg
Figure 5-3 Applying the grease of pinch roller unit

5-4
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
Feed roller
Feed roller
Permalube G No.2
approx. 24mg
Figure 5-4 Applying the grease of feed roller
Permalube G No.2
approx. 24mg
Figure 5-5 Paper Release Lever Gear
5-5
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
The service parts indicated below require careful handling.
4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part (carriage unit, purge
unit, ink tank unit, and other parts) boxes marked "This side up" and handle
appropriately.
Figure 5-6 "Right side up" Sign

4.1.2 Feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be careful that the roller is
not scratched or marked during storage or transport of the service parts, when
removing them from the individual boxes, when assembling, or performing any other
operations.
For details about handling of the feed roller, refer to Part 5: 5.2.8 a) Handling of the feed
roller.
5-6
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
See Parts Catalog for the process of disassembly and reassembly.
The parts layout illustrations have figure numbers according to the disassembly
procedure of the product.
5-7
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts

Symbol Meanings c: Connector, e: E-ring, h: Holder, s: Screw
Printer
Left nameplate (h2)
Upper cover (h1) (p.5-13)
Right nameplate (h2)
Rear cover (s12) (p.5-17)

IF cover (s2)
Right side cover (s2) (see p.5-14)
Left side cover (s2) (see p.5-14)
Engine controller
(c16,s6)
Power supply
(c4,s6)
Open the upper cover
Operation panel
(c2,h2)
Platen (L)
Cutter
unit
Expansion board
Rear left cover (s1, h1)
Rear right cover (s1,h1)
Right cover lid (h2)
Platen (R)
System controller (c1,s6)
Spring
Left bottom cover (s2)

Pinch roller
pressure
sensor (s2, c1)
Paper release lever

(p.5-18)
Upper right cover (s1) (p.5-15)
Purge unit
(s4, c2) (see p.5-31)
4
Upper rear cover (s3) (p.5-17)
Right cover (s1,h3) (p.5-15)
Front cover
(s2,h2) (see p.5-16)
Right bottom cover (s2)
Roll holder slot right (s4)
Roll holder slot left

(s4)
Move the carriage over the platen (p.5-36)
Valve motor unit cover (c1,s2)
Tube holder cover (c1,s2)
Maintenance jet tray

(s1)
Carriage home position

sensor (h2)
Tube holder (s1)
EEPROM cable (c4)
Pinch roller pressure axis (s7)
DC Power supply cable (c6)
Paper delivery guide (s2)
Valve motor unit (c2,s3)
Tube base cover (h4)

Air flow fan (L) (s2,c2)
Pinch roller unit

(s1) x 5
Cable mount
(s1)
Paper feed guide (s2) x 2
Carriage relay
PCB (s2)
Tube base (s2)
Air flow fan (R) (s2,c2)
Spring
Ink tank unit

(c4,s2) (p.5-32)
Suction fan (s2,c2)
Feed sensor (s1, c1)
Printhead lock lever
Head holder (p.5-28)

Feed roller (s2) (see p.5-30)
LF_ENC cable (c1)
Ink tube unit (p.5-20)

3
DC_L cable (c5)
2
5
Cover stay left (s2, c2)
DC_R cable (c8)
Sheet
Short flexible
cable (c2)
Cover stay right (s2, c3)

Head relay PCB
(c4)
Left front cover (s1)

3
Feed roller sensor (c1, s1)
Tensioner
Drive belt
(p.5-19)
Encoder slit (s1)
Idler roller mount

(s2)
Loosen the tensioner on

the idler roller mount
Carriage motor
(s4,c1)
Feed roller plate (s3)
Feed motor support (s4, c1)
Carriage unit (p.5-25)
Feed motor (s4)
Belt stopper x2
Spring
Carriage belt
Linear scale
Figure 5-7 Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts

5-8
5-9
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly

Points to note on disassembly and reassembly are illustrated below.
5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly

Locations that are prohibited from disassembly and cannot be adjusted outside of the
factory have red screws instead of the regular-colored screws. The printer has 16 of
these red screws.
Total number of red screws indicating disassembly is prohibited: 16 screws
Figure 5-8 Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled
5-10
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.2 Manual carriage movement

The carriage is moved by holding down the [<] button on the operation panel for at
least 0.5 seconds when the printer is offline. However, when the power is turned off
such as during assembly or disassembly, move the carriage by holding the knobs
shown in the figure below.
CAUTION
Move the carriage as required during assembly and disassembly to prevent

contact of the carriage with the parts that are removed.
The carriage does not move when capping has been performed. Refer to
the procedures in Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit to
remove the caps and move the carriage.
Knob
Knob
Figure 5-9 Manual Carriage Movement
5-11
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink

When disassembling the following units of the ink passage, drain the filled ink to
prevent an ink leak. To drain the ink, refer to Part 5: 5.5 Draining the Ink.
* Head holder
Refer to page 5-28.
* Carriage unit
Refer to page 5-25.
* Ink tube unit
Refer to page 5-20.
* Ink tank unit
Refer to page 5-32.
Ink tube unit
Carriage unit
(Include head holder)
Ink tank unit
Figure 5-10 Units Required for Draining the Ink
5-12
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.4 Outer covers

a) Upper cover
When removing the upper cover, fully open the upper cover, pull out the patch
material (1), then push the cover toward the left.
Upper cover
Figure 5-11 Upper Cover
5-13
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Right side and left side covers

When removing the side covers, first remove the name plate located at the center of
the side covers by pushing them upward and removing the two screws they reveal.
Then remove the side covers themselves by pushing them downward.
Name plate
Figure 5-12 Side Covers (1/2)
Side cover
Figure 5-13 Side Covers (2/2)
5-14
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Right upper cover

When removing the right upper cover, first remove the right side cover and the screw
at the front. Next, pull the right side of the right upper cover forward, then push
downward while lifting the left upper corner to remove.
After removing the right upper cover, remove the two connectors connecting the
cable connected to the rear of the operation panel.
Right upper cover
Figure 5-14 Right Upper Cover

To remove only the operation panel, first open the upper cover. Then
NOTE insert your hand inside the upper right cover from the left, unhook the two
hooks holding the operation panel and push forward, then pull out the
inserts at three locations on the upper side.
d) Right cover
When removing the right cover, first remove the lids on the right side cover, right
upper cover and right cover, then remove the screws on the right side. Next, remove
the entire right cover by pulling in an upward motion while pressing on the bottom
and left side surfaces.
Right cover
2
Figure 5-15 Right Cover
5-15
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
e) Front cover
Remove the front cover by disengaging the two hooks on the bottom of the cover, and
then slide the cover to the right and pull forward hooks at three locations at the top.
Because the cover must be moved to the right, it will be necessary to first remove the
right bottom cover and open the maintenance cartridge cover.
Hook
Front cover
Hook
Figure 5-16 Front Cover
5-16
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
f) Upper rear cover

When removing the upper rear cover, first remove the upper cover, the right rear
cover, the left front cover, the left rear cover, and the paper release lever. The hook
located at the top end of the upper rear cover is engaged in the cover stay, so first
rotate the top of the upper rear cover by 90 degrees in order to remove the hook.
Upper rear cover

Hook
Cover stay
Figure 5-17 Upper Rear Cover

g) Rear cover
When removing the rear cover, remove 12 screws and remove the bottom end first.
Rear cover
Figure 5-18 Rear Cover
5-17
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
h) Paper release lever

Apply pressure to the pinch roller when removing the paper release lever.
To attach the paper release lever, align the marks (phases) on the paper release lever
gear unit and receiving side gear unit.
Mark
Paper release lever
Pinch roller cam
Figure 5-19 Paper Release Lever
5-18
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.5 Driving unit

a) Drive belt (for driving the feed roller)
To mount the drive belt for driving the feed roller, loosen the setscrews of the
tensioner, and then use the spring pressure to determine the tension of the drive
belt. Once the belt is mounted, use the setscrews to secure the tensioner in place.
Timing belt
Tensioner
Setscrew
Spring
Figure 5-20 Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)
5-19
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.6 Ink tube unit

a) Removing the ink tube unit
1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.5 Draining the Ink.
2) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit.
3) Remove the tube holder cover and tube holder.
Tube holder
Tube holder cover
Figure 5-21 Tube Holder
5-20
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
4) Disconnect the two flexible cables from the engine controller.

5) Remove the paper feed guide(right) covering the flexible cable extended from the
engine controller.
6) Remove all the connectors on the carriage relay PCB.
7) Remove the two securing screws, then remove the valve motor unit cover.
Valve motor unit cover
Figure 5-22 Removing Valve Motor Unit Cover

8) Remove the joint on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.
Joint
Figure 5-23 Joints
5-21
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
9) Place the ink tube unit side joint in the ink flow path behind the ink tank unit
and release the print head lock lever to allow all of the ink remaining in the tube to
flow to the maintenance cartridge.
10) Remove the printhead.
11) Remove the printhead lock lever.
12) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that
no ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side
Ink tank side
Figure 5-24 Prevention of ink leaks
5-22
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
13) Remove the screw and detach the cable mount from the frame.
Setscrew
Cable mount
Figure 5-25 Cable Mount
5-23
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
14) Remove the two screws and detach the ink tube unit from the carriage.
Setscrews
Ink tube unit
Figure 5-26 Ink Tube Unit

b) Assembling the ink tube unit
If replacing the ink tube unit, turn on the power when the printhead and ink tank
are not installed, and then install the printhead and ink tank by following the
messages and refill the ink.
5-24
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.7 Carriage unit

a) Removing the carriage unit
3) Remove the holder cover and tube holder.
7) Wrap the printhead side joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other
covering so that no ink splashes or leaks, then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side
5-25
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
8) Remove the two screws, and take off the ink tube unit from the carriage.
Setscrews
Ink tube unit
Figure 5-28 Ink Tube Unit

9) Remove the idler roller mount and feed roller plate, then detach the carriage unit
from the left side of the printer.
Carriage unit
Protective mylar
Idler roller mount
Feed roller plate
Figure 5-29 Carriage Unit
CAUTION
Make sure to keep the carriage unit level when removing it to prevent the
protective mylar from being removed. Removal of the protective mylar will
damage the roller due to contact with the carriage unit rollers and result
in noise, thus affecting print quality.
5-26
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Mounting the carriage belt

To mount the carriage belt, align the all notches of the carriage belt with the belt
stopper.
Belt stopper
Carriage belt
Figure 5-30 Belt Stopper
5-27
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Removing the head holder

3) Remove the tube holder cover and tube holder.
7) Wrap the joint on the printhead side of the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or
other covering so that no ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side

8) Use a flat-head screwdriver or other tool to press the lock pin at the left-rear side
of the head holder in the direction of the arrow and open the head holder.
Lock pin
Head holder
Figure 5-32 Lock Pin of Head Holder
5-28
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
9) Open the grips of the head holder and remove the head holder.
Hooks
2
1
Figure 5-33 Removing the Head Holder

d) Assembling the head holder
After assembling the head holder, check that the head holder rises or falls in
conjunction with the operation of the printhead height adjustment lever.
Printhead height adjustment lever
Head holder
Figure 5-34 Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever
5-29
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.8 Feeder unit

a) Handling of the feed roller
CAUTION
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be sure to note

the following points when handling the roller.
Do not hold the roller in one hand or warp its shape.
Do not touch the roller surface (coated surface).
Do not allow the roller to get scratched or marked.
Hold the roller at two points; location A and one of the locations B, C, or
D as shown in the figure below.
A
B
C
D
Figure 5-35 Feed Roller
5-30
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.9 Purge unit

a) Removing the purge unit
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit .
2) Remove the two connectors, and then remove the cable from the cable guide.
3) Remove the four screws, and then remove the purge unit.
Purge unit
Figure 5-36 Removing the Purge Unit
5-31
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.10 Ink tank unit

a) Removing the ink tank unit
2) Remove joint on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.
3) Place the joint for the ink tube unit side in the ink flow path at the back of the ink
tank unit.
4) Remove the two screws and two connectors of the ink tank unit, and then remove
the ink tank unit.
Ink tank unit
Figure 5-37 Ink Tank Unit

b) Removing the valve motor unit
1) Remove the two screws and detach the connector, then remove the valve motor
cover.
2) Remove the three screws and the two connectors, then remove the valve motor
unit.
Connector
Connector
Setscrews
Figure 5-38 Valve Motor Unit
5-32
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.11 Boards
Do not replace the system controller and engine controller at the same time.
Each controller has important stored information such as the setting values and
carriage driving time. To retain this information, before a controller is replaced, the
information in the controller is temporarily stored in the other controller using
internal communication. After the replacement, the information is automatically
written into the new controller. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced at
the same time.
Also, when the system controller and engine controller are replaced as service parts,
check that the firmware version is the latest available. If it is not, update the firmware
to the latest version.
If ERROR S04011 appears, it indicates that the voltage of the lithium battery in the
system controller is low and the battery must be replaced.
a) Replacing the system controller
CAUTION
When replacing the system controller original information of the following

items in the MAIN MENU and the SERVICE MODE are not backed up and
not restored in the new system controller.
Save the original information accordingly, prior to the replacement of the
system controller in case of need.
MAIN MENU>Interface Setup>IP Setting
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>P-SETTING
SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>MEDIA-00 to MEDIA-OTHER
>
1) Turn off the power, and replace the system controller.

2) Turn on the power while holding down the [Cancel] button, [Enter] button, and
[Online] button.
(The printer is started in Board Replace mode.)
3) Check that "Canon W6200PG" appears on the display, and then release the
buttons.
(The message lamp turns on when the printer enters Board Replace mode.)
4) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
5) Select "S/C REPLACE", and then press the [Enter] button.
6) Set the current year (last two digits) with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or
[Enter] button.
7) Set the current month with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
8) Set the current date with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter] button.
9) Set the current hour (0 to 24) with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
10) Set the current minute with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
11) Press the [Online] or [ ] button.
12) Check that "Turn Power Off!!" appears on the display, and then turn off the
power.
13) Turn on the power.
14) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware to
the latest version.
15) In the Main menu, select Interface Setup --> IP Setting, and then make the
settings again.
>
>
>
>
>
5-33
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Replacing the engine controller

1) Turn off the power, and replace the engin controller.
2) Turn on the power while holding down the [Cancel] button, [Enter] button, and
[Online] button.
(The printer is started in Board Replace mode.)
3) Check that "Canon W6200PG" appears on the display, and then release the
buttons.
(The message lamp turns on when the printer enters Board Replace mode.)
4) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
5) Select "E/C REPLACE", and then press the [Enter] button.
6) Check that "Turn Power Off!!" appears on the display, and then turn off the power.
7) Turn on the power.
8) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware to
the latest version.
c) Replacing system controller lithium battery
When replacing the system controller lithium battery, be sure to use
lithium battery with the following model no.
CR2032
Using any other battery may cause fire or explosion.
Improper handling of the lithium battery can cause fire or chemical burns.
Do not recharge, disassemble the lithium battery or throw it into a fire.
Store lithium batteries out of the reach of children and immediately
dispose used lithium batteries.
1) Turn the power switch off and remove the system controller lithium battery.
Lithium battery
System controller
Figure 5-39 Replacing System Controller Lithium Battery
5-34
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
2) Install the new lithium battery.

Model no. : CR2032
3) Enter the current time and date.
CAUTION
Always make sure to restart the system in Normal mode after entering the
new RTC setting, otherwise the new setting will not be validated.
>
3-1) While holding down the [Online] button and [Paper source] button, turn on
the power switch.
3-2) Go to main menu and select SERVICE MODE then RTC INFO.
This displays the current time and date.
3-3) Enter the current year (last two digits) with the [<] or [>] button and press the
[ ] or [Enter] button.
3-4) Enter the current month with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
3-5) Enter the current date with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
3-6) Enter the current hour (0 to 24) with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or
[Enter] button.
3-7) Enter the current minute with the [<] or [>] button and press the [ ] or [Enter]
button.
3-8) Complete the setting by pressing either the [Online] button or the [ ] button.
3-9) Cycle the power supply off, then restart the printer in Normal mode.
>
>
>
>
>
5-35
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit

The procedures for manually opening the caps and ink supply valves are presented
below.
The carriage lock pin and caps need to be released manually if moving the carriage
when the power is turned off. For details on the sensors and flags, refer to Part 4: 5.
DETECTION FUNCTIONS.
5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
1) Remove the right side cover, right rear cover, and right upper cover.
2) From the right side, insert a long driver on top of the upper side plate of the purge
unit and push the long driver down while keeping it horizontal. This lowers the cap
and lock pin and allows the carriage to move.
Carriage motor
Carriage lock pin
Long driver
Upper side plate
of the purge unit
Purge unit
Figure 5-40 Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins
5-36
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.3.2 Retracting the cap

If the purge unit cannot be removed because it is caught by the lower side of the cap
extending from the bottom of the purge unit, rotate the purge gear of the purge unit
as follows and retract the cap.
1) Remove the right side cover, right rear cover and right upper cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side.
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction.
Carriage motor
Long Phillips-head screw driver
Cap
Purge unit
Figure 5-41 Rotation of the Purge Unit
NOTE
After opening the caps and removing the carriage lock pin, rotating the
gear further will close the caps after the wiper unit has completed the
return movement, and the carriage lock pin will rise and lock the carriage.
5-37
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.3.3 Moving the wiper unit

1) Remove the right side cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side.
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction, and then move the wiper
unit.
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve

1) Remove the right side cover.
2) Press the valve lever with your finger to open the ink supply valve. (Normally, the
ink supply valve is closed.)
CAUTION
If the tube is filled with ink and the printhead lock lever is unlocked
while the ink supply valve is opened, the ink in the tube may reverseflow due to the difference in the water head, and ink may leak from the
ink supply needle.
If the ink supply valve remains open, such as when an ink supply valve
switching error (E02D06) occurs, remove the valve motor unit (see 5.2.10,
Ink tank unit), and then close the ink supply valve.
Close
Open
Ink supply valve
Ink tank unit
Figure 5-42 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
5-38
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance

There are two methods of removing the ink, using a manual method or automatic
method.
When the ink is drained, the ink inside the ink passage totaling approximately 150 g
(25 g x 6 colors) is drained as waste ink.
CAUTION
To prevent ink leaks, be sure to always remove the ink inside the ink
passage when disassembling or transporting the parts of the ink passage
section.
5.5.1 Automatic ink drainage

Automatic ink drainage is performed by going to the Main Menu and selecting
"System Setup" > "Move Printer". It takes about 4 minutes for automatic ink drainage
to be performed.
CAUTION
Perform automatic ink drainage again if a power outage or other cause

shuts off the power during the operation for automatic ink drainage.
5.5.2 Manual ink drainage

A syringe or other implement is used to remove the ink inside the ink passages one
color at a time in the event of a printer electrical failure, firmware error, or
malfunction in supplying power to the printer.
a) Preparation
Prepare the following items before starting the manual ink drainage procedure.
1) Syringe having approx. 50-ml capacity (CK-0541-000) with connecting tube (QA26161-000)
If possible, try to use separate syringes for each color.
If the syringes are severely stained or if the tubes are attached to different-color
needles, flush and wash the tubes (syringes) with water and allow them to fully dry
to prevent mixing of ink colors.
5-39
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Overview of manual ink drainage

Perform manual ink drainage using the three steps described below.
Step 1:
Simultaneously send the ink from all six colors contained in the ink tube
unit to the maintenance cartridge.
Step 2:
Send the ink in the ink tanks to the cartridge one color at a time.
Step 3:
Repeat Step 2 for the remaining five colors.
CAUTION
If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.
Step 1
Step1
Carriage unit
Step 1
Step 1
Joint
Step2
Ink supply valve
Step 2
Step 1
Subbuffer
Step 3 Repeated for the remaining five colors.
Figure 5-43 Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)
5-40
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Manual ink drainage procedure

Step 1
1) Remove the right cover. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.2.4 Outer covers.
2) Remove the ink tank.
3) Remove the joints for the ink tube unit and ink tank unit. For details, refer to Part
5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit.
4) Place the joint for the ink tube unit side in the ink flow path at the back of the ink
tank unit.
5) Move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps
and Moving the Wiper Unit.
6) Unlock the printhead lock lever to allow all the ink for all six colors in the ink
tubes to flow simultaneously to the maintenance cartridge.
Step 2
7) Connect the syringe ink tube to the needle of the subbuffer. Pull the plunger of
the syringe to remove the ink inside the sub buffer and discard to the maintenance
cartridge. Repeat until there is no more ink left.
8) Open the ink supply valve. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.4 Opening and Closing the
Ink Supply Valve.
9) Connect the syringe ink tube to the supply side needle. Pull the plunger of the
syringe to remove the ink inside the ink supply unit and discard to the
maintenance cartridge. Repeat until there is no more ink left.
Ink supply side needle
Subbuffer side needle
Figure 5-44 Top View of Ink Tank Unit
5-41
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance
Step 3
10) Repeat Step 2 for all colors until theres no more ink left.
* This figure shows the main access points for manual ink drainage.
The numbers in parentheses correspond to the numbers of the manual ink
drainage procedure.
Printhead lock lever (6)
Joint (3)(4)
Carriage unit (5)

Maintenance cartridge (4)(6)(7)(8)(9)
Ink tank unit (7)(8)(9)
Figure 5-45 Manual Ink Drainage
5-42
W6200
Part 5: Maintenance

6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
6.1.1 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever
This procedure is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Draft mode (2-pass).
6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures

6.2.1 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever
This adjustment is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Draft mode (2-pass).
After adjusting the head holder tilt lever, mark the number visible from the window of
the head holder tilt lever with the number inside the sensor cover.
Sensor cover
Head holder tilt lever
3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
-3 -2
0
2
Mark
Figure 5-46 Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever
5-43
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1.1 Outline
There are two types of trouble: trouble which is reported by the messages shown on
the display (Warning, Error and Service call error); and trouble not shown on the
display.
In this manual, a colon (:) is used to distinguish the first and second lines of the
message.
The alphanumeric code indicating the type of error, that is the "warning", or "error,"
will be displayed on the printer's display. The letters at the end of the code indicates
the following: W for the "warning" and E for the "error".
See Part 3: 4.2 Error Indications for a list of the problems which can be detailed on the
message display.
7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting

1. Obtain information about the system environment and the type of media used for
printing.
2. Before performing troubleshooting, make sure that all cables are connected
properly.
3. When servicing the printer with the external cover is removed and the AC power
connected, pay special attention when handling the electrical parts or the boards to
avoid an electric shock or short circuit.
4. In the following sections, the troubleshooting steps (action) are described such that
the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired
or replaced first, following by components with less failure probability. If multiple
components are the same probability of predicted failure, the steps are indicated
based on how easy the servicing is.
After performing a step, check to see if the problem has been solved by executing a
test print. If not resolved, proceed with the next step.
5. When the service has been completed, check to ensure that all connectors/cables
are reinstalled and screws are firmly tightened.
6. After performing replacement or repair services, run test prints to check whether
the problem has been solved.
5-44
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a warning occurs. These codes can be
checked in the warning history by using SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING.
7.2.1
Ink Check
(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle in the ink tank
unit detect that the ink is below the prescribed level.
<Probable problem locations>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the ink level.
2.Replace the ink tank.
3.Check the connectors of the ink tank unit.
4.Replace the ink tank unit.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.
7.2.2
MTCart Full Soon

(W01006)
<Cause>
This is displayed when an almost full (80 percent or more) maintenance cartridge is
detected.
Maintenance cartridge, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Maintenance Cartridge
Use SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK to check the waste ink
absorber. Replace if the waste ink level is near the limit (1000ml).
5-45
Part 5: Maintenance
7.2.3
W6200
Memory Overflow
(W0100C)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.
Operation error, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedure and transmit data.
7.2.4
Feed Limit..
(W0100F)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit of the media
during manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
During forward feeding, the feed sensor detects no roll media.
Engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
7.2.5
Incorrect Media
(W01021)
<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.
Operation error, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
5-46
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.2.6
No full bleed
W01022
<Cause>
Printing data is unsuitable for Borderless Printing.
Printer operating procedure error.
<Remedy>
1.Check correct operating procedure and retry print operation.
7.2.7
W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039: GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.
Operation error, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
5-47
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur

7.3.1
E02000
Roll media end error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor has detected the roll media trailing edge
during printing or loading of the roll media.
Roll media, feed sensor, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Roll media
Install the roll media if there is none.
2.Visual check
Replace the sensor if the sensor flag is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Feed sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
7.3.2
E0200D/E02016
Cut sheet end error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the media sensor cannot detect the cut sheet trailing edge,
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.
This is displayed during printing when the media sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.
Paper path, media sensor, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the paper path and media sensor.
Replace the paper path if the feeding surface or sliding section of the paper path is
damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
2.Media sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY to check operation, and replace if faulty.
Replace the cable between the media sensor and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
5-48
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.3
E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02017/E02018
Media sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.
during detection of the media leading edge.
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
Media width: Less than 224 mm
Media length: Less than 200 mm
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
Media width: More than 1.4 m
Media length (roll media): More than 15 m
Media length (cut sheet): More than 2.7 m
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.
Media, media loading procedure, paper path, media sensor, carriage relay PCB,
engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Replace any media that have printing or soiling at the detection position or that are
outside the prescribed size.
2.Media loading check
Reload the media if there is anything abnormal about the media loading status.
3.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the media sensor.
4.Media sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>SYSTEM>SIZE CR to check the reading of the
media sensor. Replace if it is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the media sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
connection is not functioning normally.
6.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
5-49
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.4
W6200
E02015
Cutter error
<Cause>
during detection after cutting of the roll media.
Media, media sensor, cutter unit, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Replace any media that have printing or soilling at the detection position or that
are outside the prescribed.
2.Media sensor error
If the errors E0200A, E0200B, E0200C, E0200E, E0200F, E02010, E02017, or
E02018 are displayed during a printer operation other than media cutting, see Part
5: 7.3.3 Media sensor error.
3.Visual check
Remove any foreign matter and resolve any other problems affecting the cutter
unit.
Replace cutter unit if it is damaged, deformed or otherwise malfunctioning.
4.Replace the engine controller
5.Replace the system controller
7.3.5
E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheet.
This is displayed if the loaded media is roll media when the received data is
designated for cut sheet.
This is displayed when printing the adjustment pattern if the loaded media is
smaller than the prescribed size of the adjustment pattern.
Media, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Check the media loading status, and reload the media if the media are different
from the transmit data, the media are not loaded, or the loaded media are outside
of the prescribed size.
5-50
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.6
E02404/E02405
Borderless printing error
<Cause>
Current media loading position is unsuitable for Borderless Printing.
The Borderless Printing option was selected when the Cut Dust Reduction function
was on.
Printer operating procedure error.
<Remedy>
1.Check correct operating procedure and retry print operation.
7.3.7
E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error
<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.
Ink tank, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
5-51
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.8
W6200
E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.
Operating procedure, ink tank, right cover sensor, ink tank unit, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Install the ink tank.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the ink tank contacts and right cover
sensor.
4.Right cover sensor
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
Replace the cable between the ink tank unit and engine controller if the connection
5-52
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.9
E02520
Ink level unknown error
<Cause>
Even one of the colors that should be set to Ink Check Off in the System Setup in
the Main Menu may have been changed to Yes.
(When this option is set, the ink level of the corresponding color appears as "?"
under MAIN MENU>Information>Ink.)
CAUTION
The display of this error indicates normal status if the setting is made by
the user intentionally or due to an operation mistake.
In this case, the error message is displayed whenever printing is started,
but it can be temporarily canceled by pressing the [Online] button to start
printing or pressing the [Cancel] button to cancel printing.
To cancel this error and recover the ink level detection function, replace
with a new ink tank designated for this printer.
Perform the following procedure whenever this error is displayed, even if
the ink level of the corresponding color does not appear as "?" under MAIN
MENU>Information>Ink.

<Remedy>
7.3.10
E02521/E02522/E02523/E02524/E02525/E02526
Ink level low error
<Cause>
Ink level has declined to approximately 10ml.
CAUTION
This error can be canceled by opening the right cover and printing can
continue until the ink empty errors E02500 to E02505 appear.

Ink tank, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1. Replace ink tank
2. Replace engine controller.
3. Replace system controller.
5-53
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.11 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error
<Cause>
This is
This is
This is
This is
This is
displayed
displayed
displayed
displayed
displayed
when
when
when
when
when
no printhead is detected.
unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.
installation of an incorrect printhead is detected.
a checksum error occurs in the printhead EEPROM.
a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.

Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace the printhead.
2.Replace the head relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
7.3.12
E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error
<Cause>
This is displayed when installation of an incorrect ink tank is detected.
This is displayed when a checksum error occurs in the ink tank EEPROM.
Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
5-54
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.13
E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error occurs in the engine controller EEPROM.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.
<Remedy>
1.Turn the power off and then on again.
7.3.14
E02815/E02816/E02817/E02818
Maintenance cartridge error
<Cause>
Fault in maintenance cartridge EEPROM.
Maintenance cartridge ID error.
Maintenance cartridge not installed.
Maintenance cartridge full.
Maintenance cartridge, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace maintenance cartridge.
2.Replace engine controller.
3.Replace system controller.
5-55
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.15
W6200
E02B04
Upper cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the upper cover safety switch has detected upper cover open
status even though it is locked.
Upper cover, upper cover safety switch, upper cover lock unit, engine controller and
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Replace the sensor if the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover safety switch is
damaged, deformed or is otherwise malfunctioning.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
2.Upper cover safety switch
Replace the cable connecting the upper cover safety switch and engine controller if
the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Upper cover lock unit
Check operation, and replace if it is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the upper cover lock unit and engine controller if the
7.3.16
E02B05
Right cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected right cover open status
even though it is locked.
Right cover, right cover lock unit, right cover sensor, engine controller, system
controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the right cover or right cover lock unit if any of them are damaged,
deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
2.Right cover sensor
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
5-56
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.17
E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage cover sensor has detected that the carriage cover
is open while the upper cover is locked.
Operating procedure, carriage cover sensor, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Close the carriage cover firmly.
2.Visual check
Replace the carriage cover if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Carriage cover sensor
Replace the cable between the carriage cover sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
7.3.18
E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit
<Cause>
This is displayed when sensors in the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.
Purge unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Homeposition sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace the purge unit
if anything does not function normally.
Replace the cable between the sensors and engine controller if the connection is
5-57
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.19
W6200
E02D02
Carriage homeposition error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the
carriage within the prescribed time.
Foreign object in carriage contact section, carriage homeposition sensor, linear scale,
linear encoder, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage contact section, carriage
homeposition sensor, linear scale, and linear sensor.
2.Carriage homeposition sensor
Replace the cable between the carriage homeposition sensor and engine controller
if the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
7.3.20
E02D03
Feed motor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.
Feed roller sensor, encoder slit, feed motor, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed roller sensor and encoder slit.
2.Replace the feed roller sensor.
Replace the cable connecting the feed roller sensor and the engine controller if the
4.Replace the feed motor.
Replace the cable between the feed motor and the engine controller if the
5-58
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.21
E02D05
Air flow fan error
<Cause>
Fan rotation could not be detected while the air flow fan was running.
Air flow fan, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
Replace the cable connecting the air flow fan and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning properly.
2.Replace the air flow fan.
7.3.22
E02D06
Ink supply valve switching error
<Cause>
The valve cam sensor could not detect valve cam rotation during switching of the ink
supply valve.
Valve motor unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Check if there are any foreign objects adhering to the motor, gears, and sensors of
the valve motor unit, and remove if any abnormalities are found.
2.Valve motor unit
Check operation by using SERVICE MODE>FUNCTION>INK VALVE, and replace if
there are any abnormalities.
Replace the cables between the valve motor and valve cam sensor and the engine
controller if any abnormalities are found in the cable connections.
5-59
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.23
W6200
E02E01/E02E05/E02E06
Carriage motor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage could not operate.
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.
Foreign object in carriage movement path, carriage rail, carriage belt, linear scale,
linear encoder, carriage motor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Carriage movement path check
Remove any foreign objects (jammed sheet) in the carriage movement path.
2.Carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty.
3.Carriage belt
If a visual check reveals slack in the carriage belt, remount the belt.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
6.Replace the carriage motor.
Replace the cable between the carriage motor and engine controller if the
5-60
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.3.24
E02E10
IEEE1394 error
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.
IEEE1394 interface board, system controller
<Remedy>
2.IEEE1394 interface board
Remount the IEEE1394 interface board, and then turn on the power again.
Replace the IEEE1394 interface board if it still is not functioning normally.
7.3.25
E02F00
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.
System controller
<Remedy>
5-61
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur

When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display remains
on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid thet the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer from
damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the service
mode.
Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a service call error occurs.
These codes can be checked in the error history by using
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR.
7.4.1
Printhead error!
(E04000)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a drive voltage error occurs in the printhead.
Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace
2.Replace
3.Replace
4.Replace
5.Replace
the
the
the
the
the
printhead.
head relay PCB.
carriage relay PCB.
engine controller.
system controller.
5-62
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.4.2
Scale read error!

(E04002)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.
Linear scale, carriage sensor, carriage unit, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty, damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage sensor.
2.Replace the carriage unit.
Replace the cable between the carriage sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
7.Replace the system controller
7.4.3
Turn Power Off!!

(S04010/S04011/S04012)
<Cause>
System controller RTC not found (S04010).
System controller RTC power low (S0411).
System controller RTC stopped (S0412).
Lithium and system controller
<Remedy>
1. Replace lithium battery.
REF.
Note that it will be necessary to re-enter time and date if replacing the
lithium battery. The steps used are described in Part5: 5.2.11 Boards.
5-63
Part 5: Maintenance
7.4.4
W6200
Turn Power Off!!

(E02777)
<Cause>
Communication error between system controller and engine controller.
Firmware, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1. Update firmware.
2. Replace engine controller.
5-64
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display

7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value
<Cause>
This is displayed when it is detected that the Interface Setup > IP Setting > Default
G/W input value does not match the IP address.
Operating procedure, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message turns off when the proper value is entered in the Default
G/W.
7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media

<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects no roll media during roll media mode.
Operating procedure, feed sensor, engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Load the roll media and check if the message changes.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed sensor.
3.Feed sensor
Replace the cable connecting the feed sensor and engine controller if the
5-65
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet

Offline: Remove Cut Sheet
<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects no sheets in cut sheet mode.
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects sheets when switching from cut sheet
mode to roll media mode.
Operating procedure, feed sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1. Operation check
Check that the message changes when the cut sheets are loaded or when the cut
sheets are removed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed sensor.
3.Feed sensor
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection is
7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover

<Cause>
In Cut Sheet mode, unloaded paper was detected while the upper cover was closed.
Operating procedure, upper cover, upper cover safety switch, upper cover lock unit,
engine controller and system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the upper cover is opened.
2.Visual check
Replace if the upper cover safety switch is damaged, deformed or otherwise does
not function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
3.Upper cover safety switch
Replace the cable connecting the upper cover safety switch and engine controller if
the connection is not functioning normally.
5-66
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.5.5 Printer Setup: Open Upper Cover
<Cause>
This is displayed when no printhead is detected when the power is turned on.
Operating procedure, printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine
controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the printhead is installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the printhead contact face.
4.Replace the head relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
7.5.6 Printer Setup: Open Right Cover

<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink tank is detected when the power is turned on.
Operating procedure, ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the ink tanks for all colors are installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the contact face.
5-67
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display

7.6.1 Printer does not turn on
<Condition example>
Nothing is shown on the display when the Power button is pressed.
<Cause>
Broken connection in connector, faulty inlet unit, faulty power supply, faulty
operation panel, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
<Remedy>
1.Power cord
Reconnect the power cord.
2.Connector check
Reconnect the connectors for the operation panel (CN1), system controller (J6, J2),
engine controller (J401, J415, J416, J417), and power supply (J101, J102, J103,
J105).
3.Fuse check
Replace if the fuse for the power supply is blown.
Replace the cable between the operation panel and system controller if the
Replace the cable between the engine controller and power supply if the connection
Replace the cable between the power supply and inlet unit if the connection is not
functioning normally.
5.Replace the power supply.
6.Replace the operation panel.
7.6.2 Network is not connected

<Condition example>
Printing cannot be performed from the network.
<Cause>
Cable is not connected properly, incompatibility with hub, system controller fault
<Remedy>
1.Check the cable.
Reconnect the LAN cable.
2.Check the communication settings.
Auto-negotiation cannot be performed for some configurations of the connected
hub. Use the DIP switches (SW1) on the system controller to reset the network
transmission speed and transfer mode according to the specifications of the hub
that is used.
3.Replace the hub.
Explain to the customer that there is no problem with the printer unit.
4.Replace the sysytem controller.
5-68
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.6.3 Right cover does not open
<Condition example>
The right cover does not open. (No error message is shown on the display.)
<Cause>
Connector is not connected properly, engine controller fault
<Remedy>
1.Check the connector
Reconnect the valve motor connector (J46).
5-69
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)

<Condition example>
Step 1
* Interface is not recognized.
* A test print can be printed, but printing from the host computer is not functioning
normally.
Step 2
* No printing can be performed.
* Printing of the test print and printing from the host computer are not functioning
normally.
* Textures appear in the image.
<Cause>
Faulty host computer, faulty interface cable, dirty carriage rail, improper position for
head tilt lever, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty linear scale, faulty carriage
unit, faulty carriage relay PCB, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
Step 1 remedy
1.Interface cable
Replace the interface cable if a visual check reveals that the connectors are
damaged, deformed, or otherwise do not function normally.
2.Computer
Install the printer drivers to a computer, and connect to the printer. If the print
data can be sent normally, instruct the customer to replace his computer.
Step 2 remedy
1.Dirty carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty or other abnormalities.
2.Head tilt lever
Check if changing the position of the head tilt lever fixes the problem.
3.Purge unit
Perform a visual check, and remove any foreign objects adhering to the caps and
wipers.
4.Print adjustment check
Execute print adjustment, and adjust the shift between nozzle arrays.
5.Printhead
Execute head cleaning, and replace the printhead if the result is not improved.
6.Linear scale
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty or otherwise does not function normally.
7.Replace the carriage unit.
10. Replace the system controller.
5-70
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)
<Condition example>
* No printing can be performed.
* A specific ink is not printed.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube for the printhead lock lever.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube before the ink tank unit.
<Cause>
Faulty ink tank, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty valve motor unit, faulty
ink tank unit, faulty ink tube unit, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove the ink tube if it is bent or otherwise not functioning normally.
2.Ink tank
Remount the ink tank.
3.Ink supply valve
Refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit, and check the ink supply valve.
4.Ink filling
Check if there is any ink inside the ink tube, and then remove the printhead and
ink tanks, and turn on the power. Then, follow the messages to install the
printhead and ink tanks and fill the ink.
6.Replace the purge unit.
7.Replace the valve motor unit.
9.Replace the ink tube unit.
10. Replace the engine controller.
11. Replace the system controller.
7.6.6 Other printing problems

<Condition example>
Soiled media
<Cause>
Soiling due to ink mist or other substances.
<Remedy>
1.Moisten the upper cover interior or feed unit, and then clean using a soft, fullwrung cloth.
5-71
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT

J1
J2
J8
J6
J5
Figure 5-47 System Controller
J1
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Signal name
5V
TRST
TMS
TDI
GND
RST
GND
GNT
AD31
AD29
AD27
GND
AD25
CBE3
AD23
AD21
GND
AD19
AD17
CBE2
GND
IRDY
DEVSEL
LOCK
GND
SERR
CBE1
AD14
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
Function
Power supply (+5.0V)
JTAG test reset signal
JTAG test mode select signal
JTAG test data input signal
GND
Reset signal
GND
Grant signal
Address and data signal
GND
Bus command and byte enable signal
GND
GND
Initiator ready signal
Device select signal
Lock signal
GND
System error signal
GND
5-72
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Pin number
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Signal name
AD12
AD10
AD8
GND
AD7
AD5
AD3
AD1
GND
3.3V
3.3V
GND
TCK
TDO
INTA
GND
CLK
GND
REQ
AD30
AD28
AD26
GND
AD24
IDSEL
AD22
AD20
GND
AD18
AD16
FRANE
GND
TRDY
STOP
PERR
GND
PAR
AD15
AD13
GND
AD11
AD9
CBE0
GND
AD6
AD4
AD2
AD0
GND
3.3V
3.3V
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
GND
JTAG test clock signal
JTAG test data output signal
Interrupt signal
GND
Clock signal
GND
Request signal
GND
Initialization device select signal
GND
Cycle frame signal
GND
Target ready signal
Stop signal
Parity error signal
GND
Parity signal
GND
GND
GND
5-73
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J2
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Signal name
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
SREQ
GND
SACK
NC
GND
GND
GND
CEDATA1
GND
CEDATA4
CEDATA5
CEDATA7
GND
CEDATA10
CEDATA11
CEDATA13
GND
CEDATA16
CEDATA17
CEDATA19
GND
CEDATA22
CEDATA23
CEDATA25
GND
CEDATA28
CEDATA29
CEDATA31
STANDBY
NC
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
RESETC
NC
NC
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
Function
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
Status request signal
GND
Status acknowledge signal
NC
GND
GND
GND
Bi-directional data bus (bit1)
GND
Bi-directional data bus(bit4)
GND
GND
GND
GND
Power supply ON/OFF signal
NC
NC
Controller reset signal
NC
NC
5-74
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Pin number
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Signal name
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
CREQ
CACK
GND
READY
GND
DCLK
GND
CEDATA0
CEDATA2
CEDATA3
GND
CEDATA6
CEDATA8
CEDATA9
GND
CEDATA12
CEDATA14
CEDATA15
GND
CEDATA18
CEDATA20
CEDATA21
GND
CEDATA24
CEDATA26
CEDATA27
GND
CEDATA30
START
+5V
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
WAKE
NC
NC
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
Function
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
Command request signal
Command acknowledge signal
GND
Image data request signal
GND
Image data transfer synchronous signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)
NC
Wake signal from sleep mode
NC
NC
GND
5-75
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J5 (RS-232C)
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Signal name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
IN/OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Function
Data Carrier Detect
Receive data by serial communication
Transmit data by serial communication
Data Terminal ready
GND
Data set ready
Request to send
Clear to send
Ring Indicate
Signal name
+3.3V
PCS
PDO
PCLK
PDI
GND
SOFT_SW1
SOFT_SW2
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
Function
Select signal to operation panel
Transmit data to operation panel
Clock signal to operation panel
Receive data from operation panel
GND
Signal name
TD+
TDTDCT
GND
GND
RDCT
RD+
RDG_LED+
G_LEDY_LED+
Y_LED-
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
Function
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
Pulse transfer center tap GND
GND
GND
Pulse transfer center tap GND
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
Green LED anode
Green LED cathode
Yellow LED anode
Yellow LED cathode
J6
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J8 (LAN)
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-76
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
8.2 Engin Controller
J408
J407
J404
J402
J418 J421 J403 J422 J410
J419
J409
J401
J416
J405
J417
J414
J413
J411
J412
J415
Figure 5-48 Engin Controller

J401
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Signal name
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
SREQ
GND
SACK
NC
GND
GND
GND
CEDATA1
GND
CEDATA4
CEDATA5
CEDATA7
GND
CEDATA10
CEDATA11
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
Function
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
Status request signal
GND
Status acknowledge signal
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
5-77
Part 5: Maintenance
Pin number
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
W6200
Signal name
CEDATA13
GND
CEDATA16
CEDATA17
CEDATA19
GND
CEDATA22
CEDATA23
CEDATA25
GND
CEDATA28
CEDATA29
CEDATA31
STANDBY
NC
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
RESETC
NC
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
CREQ
CACK
GND
READY
GND
DCLK
GND
CEDATA0
CEDATA2
CEDATA3
GND
CEDATA6
CEDATA8
CEDATA9
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
Function
GND
GND
GND
NC
NC
Controller reset signal
NC
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
Command request signal
Command acknowledge signal
GND
Image data request signal
GND
Image data transfer synchronous signal
GND
GND
5-78
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Pin number
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Signal name
GND
CEDATA12
CEDATA14
CEDATA15
GND
CEDATA18
CEDATA20
CEDATA21
GND
CEDATA24
CEDATA26
CEDATA27
GND
CEDATA30
START
+5V
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
WAKE
NC
NC
GND
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
Wake signal from sleep mode
NC
NC
GND
Signal name
OUTB
OUTC
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
CR motor phase signal (B)
CR motor phase signal (C)
Signal name
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
OUT
-
Function
Power supply (+24 V)
Power supply (+24 V)
J402
Pin number
1
2
J403
Pin number
1
2
5-79
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J404A
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Signal name
ASFA
ASFB
ASFBN
ASFAN
VM
PGAO
PGANO
PGBO
PGBNO
GND
XCRGHP
+5V
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
Function
ASF Motor phase excitation signal (A)
ASF Motor phase excitation signal (B)
ASF Motor phase excitation signal (BN)
ASF Motor phase excitation signal (AN)
PG motor drive power supply
PG Motor phase excitation signal (A)
PGF Motor phase excitation signal (AN)
PG Motor phase excitation signal (B)
PG Motor phase excitation signal (BN)
GND
Carriage home home position detection signal
Signal name
GND
XASFHP
+5V
GND
XPGHP
+5V
GND
XMEDIA
+5V
GND
XTANKCVR
+5V
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
ASF motor home position signal
GND
PG motor home position signal
GND
Media detection signal
GND
Right cover open/close detection signal
J404B
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-80
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J405A
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Signal name
+5V
GND
EEPWD
TANKEEPRD
EEPCLK
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
TANKCS0
GND
XINK_HP
+5V
INKM_P
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
INKM_N
OUT
Signal name
GND
PM_SENSE
PC_SENSE
Y_SENSE
M_SENSE
C_SENSE
BK_SENSE
HAI_TANKEEPCS
EEPCLK
XHAI_TANKEEPRD
EEPWD
GND
+5V
NC
NC
NC
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
-
Function
GND
Tank EEPROM write data signal
Tank EEPROM read data signal
Tank EEPROM data clock signal
Tank EEPROM selection signal (BK)
Tank EEPROM selection signal (PC)
Tank EEPROM selection signal (C)
Tank EEPROM selection signal (PM)
Tank EEPROM selection signal (M)
Tank EEPROM selection signal (Y)
GND
Ink supply valve home position signal
Ink supply valve opening/closing motor phase
signal (P)
Ink supply valve opening/closing motor phase
signal (N)
J405B
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Function
GND
Remaining ink detection signal (PM)
Remaining ink detection signal (PC)
Remaining ink detection signal (Y)
Remaining ink detection signal (M)
Remaining ink detection signal (C)
Remaining ink detection signal (BK)
Maintenance cartridge EEPROM selection signal
Maintenance cartridge EEPROM data clock signal
Maintenance cartridge EEPROM read data signal
Maintenance cartridge EEPROM write data signal
GND
NC
NC
NC
5-81
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J407
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
C3_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C5_SUBH
C3_HENB
C4_HENB
C5_HENB
GND
C2_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C0_SUBH
C2_HENB
C1_HENB
C0_HENB
GND
GND
GND
Y0P
Y0N
GND
Y1P
Y1N
GND
Y2P
Y2N
GND
Y3P
Y3N
GND
GND
GND
GND
CLKOUTP
CLKOUTN
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
GND
C color subheat pulse output
PC color subheat pulse output
BK color subheat pulse output
C color heat pulse output
PC color heat pulse output
BK color heat pulse output
GND
PM color subheat pulse output
M color subheat pulse output
Y color subheat pulse output
PM color heat pulse output
M color heat pulse output
Y color heat pulse output
GND
GND
GND
Head control signal (differential)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Head data transfer clock positive output
Head data transfer clock negative output
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
5-82
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J408
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
GND
+5V
+5V
OUTENBB
+3.3V
VHENBX
H5VENBX
PIGMENT
GND
PLEDONX
XDCDC_OVP
PSNS
PLEDX
XCMOUT
XHDCVR
GND
HEADEEPCLKX
HEADEEPRD
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCSX
XCRENCB
XCRENCA
GND
LICC2_CLKX
ADTRGX
LICC2_DTX
LICC2_LDX
DSOUT1
DSOUT2
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
-
Function
VM GND
VM GND
VM GND
VM GND
VM GND
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
GND
Differential IC output enable signal
Head drive voltage ON/OFF control signal
Head 5V power supply ON/OFF control signal
Head drive voltage switch signal
GND
Media sensor LED ON/OFF control signal
DCDC converter error detection signal
Media sensor detection signal
Media sensor LED light intensity control signal
Head current over current detection
Carriage cover open/close detection sensor output
GND
Head EEPROM data transfer clock
Head EEPROM read data
Head EEPROM write data
Linear scale phase signal B
Linear scale phase signal A
GND
LICC2 input data clock
Head DI sensor output sample signal
LICC2 input data
LICC2 input data latch signal
ASIC output analog signal 1
ASIC output analog signal 2
GND
Signal name
LF_A
VM
LF_AN
LF_B
VM
LF_BN
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
LF motor phase excitation
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
J409
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
5-83
signal (A)
signal (AN)
signal (B)
signal (BN)
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J410
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal name
GND
XPINCH_KAATU
+5V
VM
MIST_R
VM
XKYUINPWM_R
MGND
VM
XMIST_L
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Follow roller pressure detection signal
Power supply (+24V)
Air flow fan drive signal
Power supply (+24V)
Paper suction fan drive signal
VM GND
Power supply (+24V)
Air flow fan drive signal
Signal name
GND
DIPSW5
DIPSW4
DIPSW3
DIPSW2
DIPSW1
DIPSW0
IN/OUT
-
Function
GND
Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
Factory use
Signal name
TCK
TRST
TRO
ASEMBRKAK
TMS
TDI
RESET
GND
GND
GND
NC
GND
GND
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
-
Function
JTAG test clock signal
JTAG test reset signal
JTAG test data output signal
JTAG test mode select signal
JTAG test data input signal
Engine controller reset signal
GND
GND
GND
NC
GND
GND
GND
J411
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J412
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
5-84
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J414
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
Signal name
YMEDIA_TXDX
YMEDIA_RXDX
+5V
GND
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
GND
+3.3V
+3.3V
IN/OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
+5V
MGND
VM
MGND_CRM
MGND_CRM
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
VM GND
Power supply (+24V)
VM_CRM GND
VM_CRM GND
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Signal name
STANBY
START
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
Power ON/Power OFF signal
Stead-state input power supply (+3.3V)
Signal name
VM_CRM
NC
NC
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
OUT
Function
Power supply (+24V)
NC
NC
Power supply (+24V)
Signal name
VM
COVER_SOL_R
NC
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
Power supply (+24V)
Cover lock solenoid drive signal
NC
Signal name
VM
COVER_SOL_L
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
Function
Power supply (+24V)
Cover lock solenoid drive signal
J415
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J416
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J417
Pin number
1
2
J418
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J419
Pin number
1
2
3
J421
Pin number
1
2
5-85
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J422
Pin number
1
2
3
4
Signal name
XLFENCB
+5V
XLFENCA
GND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
-
Function
LF encoder rotation detection signal (B phase)
LF encoder rotation detection signal (A phase)
GND
5-86
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J209
J210
J203
J213
J208
J206
J212
J205
Figure 5-49 Carriage Relay PCB

J203
Pin number
1
2
3
Signal name
RGV19
MGND
GNDR
IN/OUT
OUT
-
Function
Head drive voltage
GND FOR VM
GND
Signal name
GND
HDCVR
+5V
IN/OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
Carriage cover opening/closing sensor output
Power supply(+5.1V)
Signal name
CRENCB
+5V
CRENCA
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
-
Function
Power supply(+5.1V)
GND
Signal name
+5V
E
S
K
NC
IN/OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
-
Function
Power supply(+5.1V)
Media width sensor emitter output
Media width sensor anode input
Media width sensor cathode output
NC
J205
Pin number
1
2
3
J206
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J208
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
5-87
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J209
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
DSOUT2_A
DSOUT1_A
LICC2_LD
LICC2_DT
ADTRG
LICC2_CLK
GND
CRENCA
CRENCB
HEADEEPCS
HEADEEPWD
HEADEEPRD
HEADEEPCLK
GND
HDCVR
CMOUT
PLED
PSNS
DCDC_OVP
GND
H5VENB
VHENB
+3.3V
OUTENBB
+5V
+5V
GND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
LICC2 analog output
LICC2 analog output
LICC2 input data
LICC2 output sample hold
GND
Head EEPROM write signal
Head EEPROM read signal
GND
Carriage cover opening/closing sensor output
Head overcurrent detection signal
LED voltage control signal for media sensor
Media with sensor output
Head overvoltage detection
GND
Head logic voltage on/off control signal

Head drive voltage on/off control signal
IC212 output enables signal
GND
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
Power supply (+24V)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
5-88
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J210
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
CLKOUTN
CLKOUTP
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y3N
Y3P
GND
Y2N
Y2P
GND
Y1N
Y1P
GND
Y0N
Y0P
GND
GND
GND
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
C2_HENB
C0_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH
GND
C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
-
Function
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IC212 drive clock
IC212 drive clock
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y color heat pulse input
M color heat pulse input
PM color heat pulse input
Y color subheat pulse input
M color subheat pulse input
PM color subheat pulse input
GND
K color heat pulse input
PC color heat pulse input
C color heat pulse input
K color subheat pulse input
PC color subheat pulse input
C color subheat pulse input
GND
5-89
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J212
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
C0_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C2_HENB_B
C0SUBH
C1SUBH
C2SUBH
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
C5SUBH
C3_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C5_HENB_B
GND
LICC2_CLK
GND
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
LICC2_LD
LICC2_DT
ADTGR
GND
HEADEEPCLK
HEADEEPRD
HEADEEPWD
HEADEEPCS
VHFBH
VHFBG
+5V
H5V
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
Y color heat pulse output
M color heat pulse output
PM color heat pulse output
Y color subheat pulse drive
M color subheat pulse drive
PM color subheat pulse drive
C color subheat pulse drive
PC color subheat pulse drive
K color subheat pulse drive
C color heat pulse output
PC color heat pulse output
K color heat pulse output
GND
GND
LICC2 analog output
LICC2 analog output
LICC2 input data, L: positive logic output if 2.0V or less
LICC2 output sample hold
GND
Head EEPROM chips select signal
NC
NC
Head logic drive voltage
GND
5-90
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J213
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
GND
O_DATA_PM0
O_DATA_PM1
E_DATA_PM0
E_DATA_PM1
O_DATA_PC0
O_DATA_PC1
E_DATA_PC0
E_DATA_PC1
O_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_BK0
E_DATA_BK1
GND
O_DATA_Y0
O_DATA_Y1
GND
E_DATA_Y0
E_DATA_Y1
O_DATA_M0
O_DATA_M1
E_DATA_M0
E_DATA_M1
O_DATA_C0
O_DATA_C1
E_DATA_C0
E_DATA_C1
SCLK_CL
LATCH_CL
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
-
Function
GND
PM color even nozzle data 0
PM color even nozzle data 1
PM color odd nozzle data 0
PM color odd nozzle data 1
PC color even nozzle data 0
PC color even nozzle data 1
PC color odd nozzle data 0
PC color odd nozzle data 1
K color even nozzle data 0
K color even nozzle data 1
K color odd nozzle data 0
K color odd nozzle data 1
GND
Y color even nozzle data 0
Y color even nozzle data 1
GND
Y color odd nozzle data 0
Y color odd nozzle data 1
M color even nozzle data 0
M color even nozzle data 1
M color odd nozzle data 0
M color odd nozzle data 1
C color even nozzle data 0
C color even nozzle data 1
C color odd nozzle data 0
C color odd nozzle data 1
Head data transfer lock
Head data latch signal
GND
5-91
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
8.4 Head Relay PCB
J1107
J1108
J1102
J1104
J1105
J1106
Figure 5-50 Head Relay PCB

J1102
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
RGV19
RGV19
C0SUBH
C3_HENB_B
DIAC1
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCLKX
H5V
C2_ODATA0
DIALC1
VHT
RGV19
RGV19
RGV19
RGV19
C3_ODATA0
C1_EDATA0
HEADEEPRDX
C3SUBH
HEADEEPCSX
H5V
C2_EDATA1
C4_ODATA1
C5_EDATA1
RGV19
RGV19
DIAM0
C1_ODATA0
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA1
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
Power supply for driving head
Subheat pulse output (Y)
Heat pulse output (C)
DI sensor signal 1 (C)
Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
Even nozzle data 0 (PM)
DI sensor signal 1 (PC)
Power supply for driving transistor in head
Even nozzle data 0 (C)
Odd nozzle data 0 (M)
Subheat pulse output (C)
Odd nozzle data 1 (PM)
Even nozzle data 1 (PC)
Odd nozzle data 1 (BK)
DI sensor signal 0 (M)
Even nozzle data 0 (M)
Even nozzle data 0 (Y)
5-92
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Pin number
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
Signal name
DIAY1
C1_HENB_B
HDCLK
DIAC0
DIALM0
C5_HENB_B
C4_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_ODATA0
C0_EDATA0
DIAY0
C1_ODATA1
C0_EDATA1
DIAM1
C0_HENB_B
C1SUBH
DIALM1
C4_HENB_B
C5_ODATA1
DIAK1
DIAK0
DIALC0
VHFBG
HGND
HGND
HDLT
C1_EDATA1
GND
C2_HENB_B
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
C4_ODATA0
C4SUBH
HGND
HGND
HGND
HGND
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
GND
GND
C2_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C2_EDATA0
HGND
HGND
HGND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
DI sensor signal 1 (Y)
Heat pulse output (M)
Head data transfer clock
DI sensor signal 0 (C)
DI sensor signal 0 (PM)
Heat pulse output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 1 (PC)
Even nozzle data 0 (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0 (Y)
DI sensor signal 0 (Y)
DI sensor signal 1 (M)
Heat pulse output (Y)
Subheat pulse output (M)
DI sensor signal 1 (PM)
Heat pulse output (PC)
DI sensor signal 1 (BK)
DI sensor signal 0 (BK)
DI sensor signal 0 (PC)
NC
GND
GND
GND
Heat pulse output (PM)
Subheat pulse output (PM)
Subheat pulse output (BK)
Subheat pulse output (PC)
GND
GND
GND
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 (C)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
5-93
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J1104
Pin number
1
Signal name
RGV19
IN/OUT
IN
Function
Signal name
MGND
IN/OUT
Function
GND for VM
Signal name
MGND
IN/OUT
Function
GND for VM
Signal name
GND
HDLT
HDCLK
C2_EDATA1
C2_EDATA0
C2_ODATA1
C2_ODATA0
C1_EDATA1
C1_EDATA0
C1_ODATA1
C1_ODATA0
C0_EDATA1
C0_EDATA0
GND
C0_ODATA1
C0_ODATA0
GND
C5_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_ODATA1
C5_ODATA0
C4_EDATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_ODATA0
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_ODATA1
C3_ODATA0
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
Head data transfer clock
GND
GND
GND
J1105
Pin number
1
J1106
Pin number
1
J1107
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
5-94
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J1108
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
GND
H5V
+5V
VHFBG
VHFBH
HEADEEPCSX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPCLKX
GND
DASHX
DADTX
DLDX
DSOUT1
DSOUT2
GND
DACLKX
GND
C5_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C3_HENB_B
C5SUBH
C4SUBH
C3SUBH
C2SUBH
C1SUBH
C0SUBH
C2_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C0_HENB_B
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
NC
NC
GND
ASIC output sample hold
ASIC input data
ASIC input data latch signal
ASIC analog output
ASIC analog output
GND
ASIC input data clock
GND
Heat pulse input (BK)
Heat pulse input (PC)
Heat pulse input (C)
Subheat pulse input (BK)
Subheat pulse input (PC)
Subheat pulse input (C)
Subheat pulse input (PM)
Subheat pulse input (M)
Subheat pulse input (Y)
Heat pulse input (PM)
Heat pulse input (M)
Heat pulse input (Y)
5-95
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
8.5 Power Supply

J104
J101
J102
J105
J103
Figure 5-51 Power Supply

J101
Pin number
1
2
Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)
Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)
Signal name
GND
VCC1
GND (VM)
VM
GND (VM)
GND (VM)
VM
VM
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Power supply
GND
Power supply
GND
GND
Power supply
Power supply
Signal name
GND
GND
VCC2
VCC2
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
J102
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(+5.1V)
(+26.5V)
(+26.5V)
(+26.5V)
J103
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5-96
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
J104
Pin number
1
2
3
4
Signal name
VM
GND (VM)
VCC1
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
START
STANDBY
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
Stead-state input power supply (+3.3V)
J105
Pin number
1
2
5-97
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
9. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Refer to Parts Catalog for the part layouts on each board.
5-98
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
This page intentionally left blank
5-99
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200

8
1
General Circuit Diagram(1/4)
(To CR Buffer Board)
(To CR Buffer Board)
J408
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
GND
+5V
+5V
OUTENBB
+3.3V
VHENB
H5VENB
GND
PLEDON
DCDC_OVP
GND
PLED
CMOUT
PSNS
CRENCA
HEADEEPRD
LICC2_CLK
HDCVR
ADTRG
GND
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
HEADEEPWD
GND
HEADEEPCS
HEADEEPCLK
CRENCB
DSOUT1
C2_HENB
C1_HENB
C0_HENB
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y0P
Y0N
GND
Y1P
Y2P
Y1N
Y2N
Y3N
GND
GND
GND
Y3P
GND
LICC2_DT
GND
DSOUT2
GND
CLKOUTP
C5_HENB
7
LICC2_LD
GND
CLKOUTN
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
GND
GND
GND
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
GND
GND
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C3_SUBH
C3_HENB
C4_SUBH
C4_HENB
C5_SUBH
GND
C1_SUBH
C0_SUBH
C2_SUBH
J407
J209
1
GND
J210
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
TDO
TRST
TCK
ASEMD0
14
13
12
11
10
GND
GND
GND
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
10 11 12
J404B
J421
J410
9 10
7
1
6
2
J422
1
1
GND
10 11 12
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
MGND_CRM
MGND_CRM
VM
MGND
+5V
GND
STANDBY
START
+3.3V
+3.3V
GND
GND
J404A
J419
1
1
5
3
4
4
3
5
10
2
6
GND
4
4
LFENCB
+5V
3
3
LFENCA
2
2
MIST_L
1
1
GND
KYUINPWM_R
VM
J404
J416
VM
4
4
MIST_R
3
3
VM
J417
2
+5V
1
1
J411 (ExtSW)
J413
PINCH_KAATSU
J415
GND
ASEMBRKAK
N.C.
TMS
GND
TXDX
GND
RXDX
GND
+5V
+3.3V
GND
DIPSW5
GND
DIPSW4
DIPSW3
DIPSW2
DIPSW1
DIPSW0
J412
TDI
J414 (Serial)
GND
Engine Controller Board (1/3)
RESET
J34D
J34H
1
7
J34L
1
J11L
J10L
+5V
MEDIA
GND
J13D
J13H
J13L
(To Motor Drive Board)
J24
J61
1
9
COVERSOL_L
2
8
ASFHP
GND
PGBN
PGB
3
7
VM
4
6
COVERSOL_R
5
5
VM
6
4
+5V
7
3
CRGHP
8
2
+5V
TANKCVR
J10H
J10D
GND
J11D
J11H
GND
9
1
J104
PGAN
Power Supply
PGA
J102
VM
J105
ASF_AN
ASF_A
2
2
J101
FT2
NC
1
2
3
COR2
J34
FT1
ASF_BN
ASF_B
J103
SR4
J25
J18
J19
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
J23
SR1
M3
M4
ASF motor PG motor
J17
CRHP sensor
SR7
J62
J62H
SL
SL
SL1
SL2
Pinch kaatsu
sensor
Media sensor Tank cover

Cover
Cover
solenoid_R solenoid_L
sensor
PGHP sensor
SR2
3
3
SR6
J16
J26
J27
J27H
2
1
1
2
FM2
Mist fan R
J20
J20H
FM1
J21
J21H
2
1
J63
J63H
LFENC_BOARD
FM3
Kyuin fan R Mist fan L
SR3
ASFHP sensor
5-100
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
J405B
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
J403
J418
J409
OUTC
NC
XINK_HP
INKM_N
INKM_P
+5V
GND
1
1
2
2
LF_BN
J405
NC
NC
VM
LF_A
VM
LF_AN
LF_B
COR4
J402
J420
OUTB
J405A
MT5
MT7
C
J28D
J28L
MT6
MT4
J46D
5
3
BK_SENSE
C_SENSE
M_SENSE
Y_SENSE
4
4
1
7
FT12
FT9
J44D
J44H
J30
LEFT
FT4
FT5
FT6
J60D
J60H
J60L
RIGHT
M2
J44L
FT13
FT10
FT7
11 10 9
FT3
3
(To Ink Tank)
J45
HAI_TANK_EEPRD
FT8
11 10
J48D
J48L
J48H
CR motor
EEPWD
1
6
+5.1V
9 10 11
2
5
GND
4
8
3
4
EEPCLK
5
7
4
3
HAI_TANKEEPCS
6
6
LC_SENSE
LM_SENSE
GND
TANKCS0
TANKCS1
TANKCS2
TANKCS3
TANKCS4
GND
EEPCLK
TANKEEPRD
EEPWD
+5.1V
TANKCS5
7
5
5
2
SW 2
NO
8
4
6
1
NO
SW1
COM
1
2
Black
NC
J46L
FT11
J41
J1
Red
7
11 10 9
1
J40L
COM
J40D
J40H
NC
J46H
J29
M1
Main motor
Tank Board
J42
6
6
4
J4
J5
J6
J43
J43H
J7
J3
J2
(To MT Cartridge)
SR8
M6
Ink Supply Valve Unit
5-101
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
PRINT HEAD
VH
VH
ODT_M1
EDT_Y1
VHGND
SHE_Y
VH
VH
DIA_M0
1
DIA_Y0
VHGND
EDT_M1
ODT_Y1
VHGND
ODT_Y2
ODT_M2
EDT_C2
HDCLK
HE_Y
HE_LM
VCCGND
DIA_C0
EDT_LM2
DIA_LM1
HE_BK
HE_LC
SHE_BK
ODT_LM2
VHT
VH
ODT_LC2 EDT_BK2
DIA_LM0
SHE_LM
DIK
DIA_LC1
ODT_LM1
VCC
SHE_M
VCCGND
EDT_C1
VCC
EEP_
CS
HE_M
DIA_M1
EDT_M2
EEP_
WD
SHE_C
DIA_Y1
HDLT
ODT_C2
EEP_
CLK
EEP_
RD
EDT_Y2
VHGND
VHGND
DIA_C1
HE_C
ODT_C1
EDT_LC2
ODT_BK2
ODT_LC1
EDT_LC1
VH
EDT_BK1
ODT_BK1
DIA_BK1
SHE_LC
EDT_LM1
VH
VH
DIA_BK0
VHGND
VHGND
DIA_LC0
VHGND
VHGND
VHGND
VH
VCC
Heater Power Supply

Logic Circuit Power Supply
ODT_**1
ODT_**2
EDT_**1
EDT_**2
Head Data (ODD1)

Head Data (ODD2)
Head Data (EVEN1)
Head Data (EVEN2)
HE_**
SHE_**
Heater Enable Pulse

Sub- Heater Enable Pulse
DIA_**0
DIA_**1
DIK
DI- Sensor(ANODE0)
DI- Sensor(ANODE1)
DI- Sensor(CATHODE)
EEP_
XX
Head EEPROMInterface Signals
** : Following Colors
BK : Black (5)
LC : Light Cyan (4)
LM : Cyan (3)
C : Light Magenta (2)
M : Magenta (1)
Y : Yellow (0)
Carriage Board
E
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
J1105
J1106
GNDR
HGND
RGV19
J1104
1
D
1
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
2
2
3
3
J203
C0_HENB_B
C0SUBH
C1_HENB_B
C1SUBH
C2SUBH
C2_HENB_B
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
C5SUBH
GND
C3_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
GND
C5_HENB_B
DSOUT2
DACLK
DSOUT1
DLD
HEADEEPCLK
DADT
HEADEEPRD
GND
DASH
VHFBH
VHFBG
HEADEEPWD
+5V
HEADEEPCS
H5V
J212
GND
GND
C3_ODATA0
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_EDATA1
C4_ODATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_EDATA1
C5_ODATA0
GND
C5_ODATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_EDATA1
GND
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA1
C0_EDATA0
C0_EDATA1
C1_ODATA0
C
J210
CR Buffer Board
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
(To Engine Controller Board)

J209
1
(To Engine Controller Board)

2
GND
J206
PLED_K
PLED_A
PTE
J205
PTC
CRENCB
+5V
CRENCA
GND
HDCVR
+5V
C1_ODATA1
C1_EDATA0
C1_EDATA1
C2_ODATA0
HDCLK
C2_ODATA1
HDLT
C2_EDATA0
GND
C2_EDATA1
J213
1 2
J208
B
J72
J73
Paper detect unit
J70
SR5
Head cover sensor
J71
CRENC Board
5-102
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
GND
AD27
AD29
AD31
GNT
GND
RST
GND
T0I
TNS
TRST
5V
AD5
AD7
GND
AD8
AD10
AD12
GND
AD14
CBE1
SERR
GND
LOCK
DEVSEL
IRDY
GND
AD18
AD0
GND
AD2
AD20
AD4
AD22
AD6
IOSEL
GND
AD24
CBE0
GND
AD9
AD26
AD11
AD28
GND
AD30
AD13
REQ
AD15
GND
PAR
CLK
GND
J2 (Engine I/F)
System Controller Board
GND
PERR
INTA
STOP
T00
TRDY
TCK
GND
GND
J7
J13
2
6
5
4
3
2
GND
CEDATA26
GND
CEDATA20
GND
CEDATA14
GND
CEDATA8
GND
CEDATA2
GND
GND
GND
CREQ
GND
NC
NC
2
1
START
NC
WAKE
+3.3V
+3.3V
+5V
CEDATA30
CEDATA27
CEDATA24
CEDATA21
CEDATA18
CEDATA15
CEDATA12
CEDATA9
CEDATA6
CEDATA3
CEDATA0
DCLK
READY
CACK
GND
NC
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
NC
STANDBY
CEDATA29
GND
CEDATA23
GND
CEDATA17
GND
CEDATA11
GND
CEDATA5
GND
GND
GND
SACK
SREQ
NC
GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
RESETC
+3.3V
+3.3V
NC
CEDATA31
CEDATA28
CEDATA25
CEDATA22
CEDATA19
CEDATA16
CEDATA13
CEDATA10
CEDATA7
CEDATA4
CEDATA1
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
0TR
TRST
RI
DSR
CTS
RTS
10 11 12
G_LED-
TX0
G_LED+
RX0
R0-
C0
R0+
11 13 15
GND
R0CT
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
10 12 14 16
NC
T0CT
+3.3V
VDD
T0-
+3.3V
GND
J3
+3.3V
NC
J4
T0+
NC
GND
J5
GND
J401 (Controller I/F)
(Board to Board)
AD29
AD3
GND
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100
CBE3
3.3V
AD16
11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
AD23
AD1
3.3V
FRANE
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
AD21
GND
51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
9
8
7
6
5
CKSTP_OUT
HRESET
SRESET
TMS
TCK
HALTED
T0I
T00
Y_LED+
7
SOFT_SW2
6
6
SOFT_SW1
5
5
GND
4
4
P0I
3
3
PCLK
2
2
MT2
1
1
PC00
J6
J80
PC90
Y_LED-
+3.3V
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
GND
3.3V
49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9
AD19
3.3V
99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
AD17
50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8
(Board to Board)
CBE2
100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
IEEE 1394 Board
J1(Expand I/F)
J1
J2
J82
Operation Panel
Board
FT14
CN1
5-103
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200

8
1
System Controller (1/15)
IC1
(1/4)
5-104
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC1
(4/4)
5-105
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC1
(3/4)
5-106
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-107
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-108
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-109
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC1
(2/4)
IC2
(2/5)
C
5-110
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC2
(2/5)
5-111
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC2
(4/5)
5-112
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
D
IC2
(5/5)
IC14
B
IC15
5-113
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC2
(3/5)
5-114
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
IC16
5-115
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-116
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-117
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
5-118
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200

8
CRHALL
CP475
CP474
CP473
check
<PTH7>
check
Y1
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
12
A8
Y8
11
4
5
check
check
<SCPTC0>
18
A1
C680
YMEDIA_TXD
check
IC408
2
check
check
<SCPTC1>
check
<SCPTC2>
check
<SCPTC3>
<SCPTC5>
<SCPTC4>
<SCPTC6>
CP470
CP469
1
CP472
1
CP471
YMEDIA_RXD
CP466
CP465
1
CP468
1
CP467
1
check
check
<SCPTC4>
<SCPTC0>
check
C687
<PTC7>
<PTC6>
<PTC5>
<PTC4>
<PTD3>
C647
<PTD2>
<PTC3>
<PTC2>
<PTC1>
<PTC0>
<SCPTC7>
1CP461
check
1CP462
<PTD0>
check
1CP459
check
1CP458
1CP460
check
check
<SCPTC2>
TANK_ON
INKSEL2
CP464
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
INKSEL1
INKSEL0
TANKCS0
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
DRAK0
DREQ0
DREQ1
RESET
HARD_STBY
MD3
DSOUT1_A
MD4
MD5
DSOUT2_A
PSNS_A
INKSNS_A
1CP404
check
check
check
1CP519
check
check
C690
FB
1
NF418
FB
1
NF419
SH3
PLED
+3.3V
CP457
1
R744
1CP456
1CP403
+1.9V
LFMAINDA
Engine Controller (1/13)
17
R498
16
GACLK33M
SDCLK33M
R506
R737
LVDSCLK33M
PLDCLK33M
15
R505
14
13
TCLK 159
IRQOUT 160
STATUS1 158
CKIO 162
TXD0 164
VSS17 161
VCC16 163
SCK0 165
TXD1 166
SCK1 167
TXD2 168
SCK2 169
RTS2 170
RXD0 171
RXD1 172
RXD2 174
VSS18 173
VCC17 175
CTS2 176
PTC7 177
PTC6 178
PTC5 179
PTC4 180
PTD2 184
VSS19 181
VCC18 183
WAKEUP 182
PTC3 185
PTC2 186
PTC1 187
PTC0 188
DRAK0 189
DRAK1 190
DREQ0 191
CA 194
MD3 195
DREQ1 192
RESETP 193
MD4 196
MD5 197
AVSS 198
2
1
STATUS0 157
VCC14 150
C688
8 IRQ0
CAP2 149
C574
CP450
9 IRQ1
VSS14 148
10 IRQ2
VSS13 147
11 IRQ3
CAP1 146
C573
12 IRQ4
VCC13 145
C689
IC408
VCC
GND
13 D31
MD0 144
DB30
14 D30
PTF0 143
<PTF0>
DIPSW0
DB29
15 D29
PTF1 142
<PTF1>
DIPSW1
DB28
16 D28
PTF2 141
<PTF2>
DIPSW2
DB27
17 D27
PTF3 140
<PTF3>
DIPSW3
DB26
18 D26
PTF4 139
TCK
19 VSS2
PTF5 138
TDI
20 D25
PTF6 137
TMS
MD0
X401
2
FB
check
<AUDATA2>
<AUDATA3>
PTG3 130
check
28 D19
SSCC 5
CP454
1
CP448
<PTG4>
DIPSW4
PTG4 129
S1 6
4 SSCLK
check
27 VSS3
S0 7
3 VSS
C470
PTG2 131
XOUT 8
2 VDD
C450
VSS12 132
R494
26 D20
1 XIN/CLK
CP449
DB20
IC429
CP455
check
25 D21
<AUDATA1>
DB21
C686
<AUDATA0>
1
TRST
PTG1 133
VCC12 134
24 D22
PTG0 135
23 D23
DB22
D
R493
PTF7 136
22 D24
DB23
21 VCC2
DB24
DB19
C471
C449
R495
C709
IC407
10
C448
C644
20
+3.3V
DB31
DB25
R492
1
7 NMI
1
1
2
2
NF404
C678
<PTH6> <AUDCK>
C527
SWDETECT
PTH6 151
check
C521
CP420 C522
CP421 C525
1
CP422 C526
1
R675 C707
1
AN0 199
VSS15 152
6 VSS
R496
IRQ3
AN1 200
VSS16 153
5 EXTAL2
IRQ[3:0]
AN2 201
VCC15 154
4 XTAL2
check
AN3 202
3 VCC
FB
IRQ2
AN4 203
+3.3V
WAKE
check
CP451
NF403
IRQ1
R708
1
1
check
1
check
AN5 204
XTAL 155
C643
IRQ0
AN6 206
EXTAL 156
2 MD2
C528
AN7 207
1 MD1
MD2
C708
C490
MD1
X402
C529
AVCC 205
AVSS2 208
C642
RTCPW
C473
19
C472
C491
G1
G2
C660
C661
C662
R497
1
PTG5 128
ASEMBRKAK
PTG6 127
R604
RESETM 124
+3.3V
2
34 D15
WAIT 123
35 VCC4
BREQ 122
36 D14
BACK 121
DB13
37 D13
PTE0 120
DB12
38 D12
RAS2U 119
DB11
39 D11
RAS3U 118
DB10
40 D10
CAS2H 117
<PTE3>
DB9
41 D9
CAS2L 116
<PTE6>
DB8
42 D8
DACK1 115
<PTD7>
DB7
43 D7
DACK0 114
DB6
44 D6
CASHH 113
<PTJ5>
EEPWD
45 VSS5
CASHL 112
<PTJ4>
EEPCLK
46 D5
VCC11 111
47 VCC5
CASLH 110
WAIT
R603
1
+3.3V
1
CP446
check
R602
1CP445
<PTE1>
TDO
2
SOFTRESET
RAS3U
check
R601
1
DB4
C669
DIPSW5
LEDD2
INK_ON
1CP444
check
DB5
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
R693
C682
DB14
33 VSS4
DB15
ADTRG
PTH5 125
32 D16
CP447
check
DB16
+3.3V
ASEMD0
<PTG7>
126
IOIS16
31 D17
30 D18
R694
29 VCC3
RA468
DB17
C645
DB18
C681
R600
1
DTAK0
CASU
IC440
48 D4
VSS11 109
DB3
49 D3
CASLL 108
<PTJ2>
DB2
50 D2
RAS2L 107
<PTJ1>
S04
1CP453
check
OFFCONTROLL
1CP452
HARD_STBY
check
1CP443
<PTJ0>
RAS3L 106
check
CKE
+3.3V
C712
104 CE2B
IC440
S04
5
GND
NC1
<PTE5>
<PTE4>
C670
5
4
R585
RA446 1
1
LEDD1
CS5
CS6
To Asic
+3.3V
LEDD0
check
CP441 1
R586
R587
R588
R736
CS4
CS3
To Sdram
CS0
To Flash
R581
check
CP440
RDXWR
<AUDSYNC>
WE3
WE2
WE1
C663
R578
R579
R580
WE0
BS
RD
AB25
AB24
AB23
AB22
AB21
AB20
AB19
AB18
AB17
AB16
AB15
AB14
AB13
AB12
AB11
AB10
AB9
AB8
AB7
AB6
AB5
AB4
AB3
AB2
AB1
AB0
RA444
C646
C679
C671
C668
VCC
AB[25:0]
103 CE2A
102 CS6
101 CS5
99 CS3
98 CS2
97 VCC10
100 CS4
96 CS0
95 VSS10
R598
94 PTE7
93 RD/XWR
92 WE3
91 WE2
90 WE1
89 WE0
88 RD
87 BS
86 A25
85 VCC9
84 A24
83 VSS9
82 A23
81 VCC8
80 A22
79 VSS8
78 A21
77 A20
76 A19
75 A18
74 A17
73 A16
72 A15
71 VCC7
70 A14
69 VSS7
68 A13
67 A12
66 A11
65 A10
64 A9
63 A8
62 A7
61 A6
60 A5
59 VCC6
58 A4
57 VSS6
56 A3
C711
55 A2
54 A1
C710
CKE 105
53 A0
DB[31:0]
52 D0
DB0
R695
51 D1
DB1
5-119
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+3.3V
SH3 Flash Memory
C742
+3.3R
NF415
To ASIC Memory
C627
FB
From SH3
3
4
6
5
RA442
A25
A24
AB23
A23
AB22
A22
AB21
A21
AB20
DB28
DB26
DB25
RA443
1
A19
AB18
A18
AB17
A17
AB16
RA440
1
A15
AB14
A14
AB13
A13
AB12
A12
RA441
1
3
4
7
6
5
DB23
A11
DB22
DB21
DB20
DB18
DB17
DB16
AB10
A10
AB9
A9
AB8
A8
AB7
A7
DB15
AB6
A6
DB14
AB5
A5
DB13
A4
DB12
RA438
AB4
AB3
A3
AB2
A2
DB11
AB1
A1
DB10
AB0
A0
DB9
RA437
RA437
RA437
RA437
33,0.063W
RA465
RA465
RA465
RA465
D31
D30
RA436
RA436
RA436
RA436
D29
A16
1 A15
D28
A15
2 A14
A14
3 A13
D27
D26
R671
1
A22
D25
DB8
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
RA466
RA466
RA466
RA466
RA467
RA467
RA467
RA467
RA457
RA457
RA457
RA457
RA459
RA459
RA459
RA459
RA435
RA435
RA435
RA435
4 A12
45
45
D15
5 A11
DQ7 44
44
D7
6 A10
DQ14 43
43
D14
7 A9
DQ6 42
42
D6
A9
8 A8
DQ13 41
41
D13
9 A19
(A21)
DQ5 40
40
D5
10
10 A20
(A20)
DQ12 39
39
D12
11
11 WE#
DQ4 38
38
D4
12
12 RESET#
VCC 37
37
13
13 NC
(ACC)
DQ11 36
36
D11
14
14 WP#/ACC (WP#)
DQ3 35
35
D3
DQ15/A-1
R667
(A19)
15
15 RY/BY#
DQ10 34
34
D10
D21
A19
16
16 A18
DQ2 33
33
D2
D20
A18
17
17 A17
DQ9 32
32
D9
A8
18
18 A7
DQ1 31
31
D1
A7
19
19 A6
DQ8 30
30
D8
A6
20
20 A5
DQ0 29
29
D0
RA434
RA434
RA434
RA434
D19
A5
21
21 A4
OE# 28
28
D18
A4
22
22 A3
VSS 27
27
D17
A3
23
23 A2
CE# 26
26
D16
A2
24
24 A1
A0 25
25
RA432
RA432
RA432
RA432
D15
RA431
RA431
RA431
RA431
D11
RA430
RA430
RA430
RA430
D7
D14
DB1
DB0
RA458
RA458
RA458
RA458
D12
C513
1
D9
D8
2
1 VCC0
2 DQ0
3 VCCQ0
D1
D6
4 DQ1
D2
D5
5 DQ2
6 VSSQ0
D4
RA429
RA429
RA429
RA429
D3
D2
C667
+3.3V
CT 5
NC 4
IC441
GND
5
3
C664
D14
DQ13 50
D13
D12
DQ11 47
D11
D5
10 DQ5
DQ10 45
D6
11 DQ6
DQ9 44
13 DQ7
1
14 VCC1
15 DQML
C511
16 XWE
CASU
17 XCAS
RAS3U
18 XRAS
CS3
19 XCS
VCCQ3 49
8 DQ4
VSSQ2 46
C502
C500
D10
D9
VCCQ2 43
DQ8 42
D8
D[15:0]
VSS1 41
N.C.1
40
DQMU 39
WE1
CLK 38
SDCLK33M
CKE 37
N.C.0
20 A13/BA0
A13
21 A12/BA1
A9 34
A11
22 A10/AP
A8 33
A1
23 A0
A7 32
A2
24 A1
A6 31
A3
25 A2
A5 30
A4
26 A3
A11
CKE
36
A14
27 VCC2
35
A4 29
A12
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
VSS0 28
R699
3 GND
2 VDD
VCC
+3.3V
DQ14 51
D4
C501
Reset
D15
DQ15 53
DQ12 48
D7
D0
VSS2 54
VSSQ3 52
7 DQ3
12 VSSQ1
D1
IC416
D3
RDXWR
D10
WE0
IC442
A1
SH3 SDRAM
9 VCCQ1
4
DB2
D[15:0]
RD
CS0
D
+3.3V
DB3
A[22:1]
D13
C520
RA460
RA460
RA460
RA460
A17
A20
46
R670
R669
D22
47
A13
R668
48
VSS2 46
A10
D23
A16 48
BYTE# 47
A11
R666
A20
A21
D24
IC417
A12
D0
1 VOUT
C666
2
IC441
+3.3V
A[14:1]
1
4
R696
1
RESET
C659
C512
1
C743
1
+3.3V
R698
R697
1
1CP463
2
check
RESETC
C665
2
RA439
8
7
DB19
AB11
1
2
WE0
A16
AB15
RA464
RA464
RA464
RA464
DB24
AB19
DB29
DB27
A20
DB30
R652
DB31
NF409
AB24
FB
A[25:0]
RA445
AB25
AB[25:0]
D[31:0]
DB[31:0]
To ASIC Memory
From SH3
5-120
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
PGHP
CRGHP
MEDIA
MIST_FAULT
MEDIA_ON
INKM_D2
HAI_TANKEEPRD
COVER_SOL
E_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK0
CHENB
E_DATA_C0
LMSUBHT
E_DATA_LM0
MHENB
YSUBHT
SCLK_CL
ASFHP
CMOUT
TANKCVR
SWDETECT
MIST_RL
HEADEEPCS
HAI_TANKEEPCS
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_BK1
BKHENB
CSUBHT
LMHENB
E_DATA_LC0
O_DATA_LC1
O_DATA_LM0
LATCH_CL
1CP425
FB
FB
check
2
+3.3R
NF417
NF416
+2.5R
E_DATA_Y1
+2.5V
OUTENB
+3.3V
E_DATA_Y0
ASIC 1/3
E
SDDATA[31:0]
C655
CEDATA[31:0]
1
2
+3.3R
R661
B1 ADCC_CS
RS0 C26
C1 TDI
LEA D26
check
1CP402
E1 SCAN_EN
LFDA4 F26
LFDATA4
SDDATA1
F1 SDDATA1
LFDA7 G26
SDDATA6
G1 SDDATA6
LFBN H26
SDDATA11
K1 NC2
L1 SDDATA19
SDDATA23
M1 SDDATA23
SDDATA26
N1 SDDATA26
SDDATA27
P1 SDDATA27
SDDATA30
R1 SDDATA30
IC423
(1/6)
CP438
PC1 K26
ASFMB
PG2 L26
PGAX
CRM_START
CACK
CRPHASE P26
CRM_PWM
CREQ_N R26
CEDATA0 T26
T1 SD_DQ1
SDDQ1
LFMAINA
CACK_N N26
CREQ
CEDATA0
U1 SD_DQ7
CEDATA8 V26
V1 SD_RAS
CP436
CEDATA8
Y1 DUMMYIN
CEDATA17 AA26
PT1 B25
PT3 B24
PT6 B23
PT12 B22
PT16 B21
PT19 B20
PT23 B19
VDD5 B18
NC13 B17
GND9 B16
TMUPWM2B15
DATA0_BK B14
DATA1_BK B13
VDD6 B12
LMHENB B11
DATA0_LM B10
MHENB B7
VDD7 B5
VDD8 B4
LFDA3 F25
LFDATA3
SDDATA0
F2 SDDATA0
LFDA6 G25
LFDATA6
SDDATA3
G2 SDDATA3
LF_ANB H25
SDDATA7
H2 SDDATA7
LFAN J25
SDDATA10
J2 SDDATA10
SDDATA15
K2 SDDATA15
SDDATA18
L2 SDDATA18
SDDATA21
M2 SDDATA21
SDDATA25
N2 SDDATA25
SDDATA28
P2 SDDATA28
SDDQ0
CP433
SDWE
IC423
(2/6)
CEDATA1
CEDATA5 U25
CEDATA5
CP435
CEDATA9 V25
CEDATA9
V2 SDCLK
CEDATA12 W25
CEDATA12
W2 SDCS_1
CEDATA16 Y25
CEDATA16
Y2 NC10
CEDATA18 AA25
CEDATA18
CEDATA21
check
CEDATA17
AB1 SDADR6
CEDATA23 AC26
CEDATA23
SDADR7
AB2 SDADR7
AC1 VDD2
CEDATA26 AD26
CEDATA26
SDADR12
AC2 SDADR12
CEDATA29 AD25
AD2 GNDP
CEDATA30 AE25
AE9 ADRBUS1
AE10 ADRBUS6
AE11 ADRBUS10
AE12 ADRBUS14
AE13 ADRBUS18
AE14 ADRBUS21
AE15 ADRBUS25
AE16 DATABUS3
AE17 DATABUS7
AE18 DATABUS10
AE19 DATABUS14
AE20 DATABUS17
AE21 DATABUS21
AE22 DATABUS24
AE23 DATABUS28
AE24 DATABUS30
A1
A6
A10
A14
A18
A21
A25
D3
D7
D10
D14
D17
D21
D24
D28
D30
AE8 DTACK_0
AE7 CS_SDRAM
AE6 WEN3
AE5 BS
GND8 AC25
AE4 GND7
CEDATA21 AB25
AE3 TESTCLK
AF25 DATABUS31
D31
AF19 DATABUS12
D12
AF24 DATABUS29
AF18 DATABUS9
D9
D29
AF17 DATABUS6
D6
AF23 DATABUS25
AF16 DATABUS0
D0
AF22 DATABUS23
AF15 ADRBUS23
D25
AF14 ADRBUS20
A20
A23
D23
AF13 ADRBUS19
A19
AF21 DATABUS20
AF12 ADRBUS16
A16
D20
AF11 ADRBUS12
AF20 NC3
AF10 ADRBUS7
A7
A12
AF9 ADRBUS2
AF8 VDD3
AF7 DRACK_0
AF6 RD_WRN
A2
AF5 WEN0
AF4 INT_2
AF3 GND3
AF2 PLLTEST
AF1 GND2
AA2 SDADR3
AE2 VCOOUT
NC4 AE26
SREQ
CEDATA1 T25
T2 SD_DQ4
SDADR6
GND4 AF26
PGA
2
R2 SD_DQ0
CEDATA20
AE1 REFCLK
NC11 R25
CEDATA20 AB26
AD1 SDADR13
R656
SREQ_N P25
AA1 SDADR2
SDADR13
ASFM_0A
PG0 M25
SDADR2
LFMAINAN
NC12 L25
CECLK N25
SDADR3
LF_MAINANB
PC2 K25
U2 SDWE_N
R702
SDCLK
CEDATA13
check
C637
GACLK33M
CEDATA13 Y26
1CP419
RS_WR E25
E2 SCAN_TEST
check
NC5 W26
W1 SDCS_0
check
D2 TCK
NC6 U26
check
SDRAS
1CP415
RS1 D25
C2 ADCC_CLK
R706
check
LFMAINBN
CRENABLE M26
REGI C25
B2 ADCC_DATAOUT
1
check
LFDATA7
LFA J26
J1 SDDATA11
SDDATA19
check
LFDATA0
H1 NC1
DUMMYOUT
LFENCA
LFDA0 E26
SDCS0
CP430
CP427
1CP418
check
D1 VDD1
CSUBHT B9
+3.3R
DATA0_C B8
C638
2
check
YSUBHT B6
GND5 A26
PT2 A25
PT5 A24
PT10 A23
PT13 A22
NC7 A20
PT17 A21
PT25 A19
PT26 A18
GND6 A17
NC8 A16
BKHENB A15
DATA3_BK A14
DATA2_BK A13
DATA0_LC A12
DATA3_LC A11
NC9 A8
CHENB A9
LMSUBHT A10
DATA1_C A7
DATA0_Y A6
DATA2_Y A5
LATCH_BK A4
VDDINT4 B26
A1 GND1
CP426
R707
SCLKCL B3
+3.3R
LATCH_CL A3
OUTENB A2
CEDATA29
CEDATA30
A[25:0]
D[31:0]
DTAK0
CS5
WE3
DRAK0
RDXWR
IRQ2
WE0
BS
SDADR[13:0]
5-121
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
F
INK_HP
PINCH_KAATU
DCDC_OVP
PLEDON
SYSEEPDA
SYSEEPWP
LICC2_CLK
1CP429
HAI_TANK_ON
check
check
check
1CP424
LCSUBHT
O_DATA_C1
MSUBHT
O_DATA_M0
O_DATA_M1
O_DATA_Y0
GA_CRENCB
CVRSW
OFFCONTROLL
1CP405
INKM_D1
HEADEEPRD
LICC2_LD
PIGMENT
KYUINPWM_R
BKSUBHT
O_DATA_LC0
E_DATA_LC1
E_DATA_C1
E_DATA_LM1
YHENB
O_DATA_Y1
ASIC 2/3
SDDATA[31:0]
CEDATA[31:0]
+2.5R
CP431
C3 SCLK_BK
SHTRG D24
D3 H5SUP
R705
1CP417
RS2 E24
LFDA2 F24
F3 AC_TEST
LFDA5 G24
SDDATA2
G3 SDDATA2
GND17 H24
SDDATA5
H3 SDDATA5
LFB J24
SDDATA9
J3 SDDATA9
GND16 K24
SDDATA13
K3 SDDATA13
CESTB L24 1
SDDATA17
L3 SDDATA17
SDDATA20
M3 SDDATA20
SDDATA24
IC423
(3/6)
N3 SDDATA24
SDDATA29
P3 SDDATA29
R3 NC14
SACK_N P24
CEDATA6
PT0 D23
PT4 D22
PT9 D21
PT15 D20
PT20 D19
PT24 D18
PT27 D17
PT30 D16
TMUOUT1 D15
TMUPWM3D14
GND22 D13
LCSUBHT D12
NC25 D11
DATA3_LM D10
GND23 D9
LFWR J23
J4 SDDATA8
VDD14 K23
SDDATA12
K4 SDDATA12
SDDATA16
L4 SDDATA16
IC423
(4/6)
N4 SDDATA22
SDDATA31
P4 SDDATA31
R4 SD_DQ2
SDDQ2
CEDATA3
MSUBHT D8
H4 SDDATA4
M4 NC20
SACK
GND15 R24
CEDATA6 U24
LFDATA1
NC23 H23
SDDATA8
SDDATA22
CP434
GA_CRENCA
LC-2-G-WHT
LFDA1 G23
SDDATA4
PGB
CRM_BREAK
CEDATA3 T24
NC24 F23
F4 TDO
G4 MEMTEST
LFMAINB
PG1 M24
1CP406
LSA E23
check
1
check
LFDATA5
CRBRAKE N24
D4 ADCC_DATAIN
E4 H20SUP
CP428
LFDATA2
R658
1
check
VHENB
check
E3 TMS
CP432
ADTRG
check
H5VENB
DATA1_M D7
DATA1_Y D5
LSB C24
NC18 C23
PT7 C22
PT14 C21
PT18 C20
PT21 C19
GND18 C18
PT28 C17
PT31 C16
TMUPWM1C15
BKSUBHT C14
DATA1_LC C13
DATA2_LC C12
GND19 C11
DATA2_LM C10
GND20 C9
DATA2_C C8
NC19 C5
VDD10 C7
+3.3R
YHENB C6
DATA3_Y C4
+3.3R +2.5R
DATA3_M D6
+3.3R
LF_MAINWEN
1
C650
PC0 L23
ASFMA
PG3 M23
PGBX
CEMODE N23
T4 SD_DQ6
CRM_DIR
READY_N P23
READY
CEDATA2 R23
CEDATA2
CEDATA4 T23
CEDATA4
CEDATA7 U23
CEDATA7
check
CP437
T3 SD_DQ5
1
check
V3 NC16
CEDATA14 W24
CEDATA14
SDCAS
+3.3R
CEDATA11 V23
CEDATA11
V4 VDD11
CEDATA15 W23
CEDATA15
SDADR1
W4 SDADR1
SDADR5
Y4 SDADR5
CEDATA24 AA23
CEDATA24
AA4 SDADR10
CEDATA27 AB23
CEDATA27
AB4 EN
VDDINT13 AC23
NC22 Y23
AC20 DATABUS22
AC21 DATABUS26
AC22 GND21
AC19 DATABUS18
D26
AC16 DATABUS5
D5
D22
AC15 DATABUS1
D1
D18
AC14 ADRBUS24
A24
AC18 DATABUS13
AC13 ADRBUS15
A15
AC17 NC21
AC12 ADBUS11
D13
AC11 ADBUS8
A8
A11
AC10 ADBUS3
AC9 DREQ_1
AC8 SOFT_RSTN
CEDATA31
SDADR10
AC7 WEN2
CEDATA31 AD24
AD23 GND12
AD22 DATABUS27
AD21 NC17
AD20 DATABUS19
AD19 DATABUS15
AD18 DATABUS11
AD17 DATABUS8
AD16 DATABUS4
AD15 GND11
CEDATA28
AD14 ADRBUS22
AD13 ADRBUS17
AD12 ADRBUS13
C651
AD11 ADRBUS9
C674
AC3 VDDP
AD9 ADRBUS0
AD10 ADRBUS4
GND13 AB24
AD8 WAIT
C676
CEDATA19
CEDATA19 AA24
CEDATA328 AC24
AC6 INT_1
AB3 SDADR11
AC5 CPOUT
Y3 VDD9
AA3 SDADR4
AD7 CS_ASIC
SDADR11
AD6 WEN1
SDADR4
AD5 RST_N
C656
GND14 Y24
AC4 VDDINT12
W3 DUMMY_OUT
0,-
R703
CEDATA10
AD4 VCCIN
CEDATA10 V24
AD3 GND10
DUMMYOUT
R704
U3 NC15
U4 SDCAS
A3
D27
D19
D15
D11
D8
D4
A17
A22
A13
A9
A0
A4
C649
SDADR[13:0]
A[25:0]
WAIT
R701
DREQ1
SOFTRESET
WE2
R700
C672
CS4
WE1
RESET
IRQ1
R676
D[31:0]
5-122
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+3.3V
FB
1
C550
SDRAM (ASIC PRINT BUFFER)
ASIC 3/3
NF410
CRALARM
HDCVR
LICC2_DT
TANKEEPRD
LCHENB
O_DATA_C0
O_DATA_LM1
E_DATA_M0
E_DATA_M1
SDDATA[31:0]
C547
1 VCC0
SDDATA0
2 DQ0
IC434
C753
DQ12 48
SDDATA12
SDDATA4
8 DQ4
DQ11 47
SDDATA11
SDDATA5
10 DQ5
DQ10 45
SDDATA6
11 DQ6
DQ9 44
E21
PT8 E20
PT11
VDD32 E22
PT22 E18
PT29 E16
GND34 E19
VDD33 E17
GND35 E15
VDD35 E13
LCHENB E12
DATA_LM E11
VDD36 E10
DATA3_C E9
GND36 E8
VDDINT34 E14
C630
DATA0_M E7
DATA2_M E6
C754
E5 VDD15
SDDATA7
1CP407
check
H5 GND25
NC29 J22
J5 NC26
2
SDDATA14
VDD31 K22
K5 VDD16
P5 VDD18
R5 SD_DQ3
SDCKE
T5 SDCKE
CLK 38
CKE 37
19 CS
NC0 36
SDADR13
20 A13
A11
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
2
2
C654
C634
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR7
SDADR1
24 A1
A6 31
SDADR6
SDADR2
25 A2
A5 30
SDADR5
SDADR3
26 A3
A4 29
SDADR4
GND32 R22
DCLK T22
DCLK
C760
VDD28 U22
27 VCC2
SDDQ3
1
1
U5 VDD19
GND31 W22
SDCLK
SDCKE
SDADR11
35
VSS0 28
C549
C628
KS5000M
FB
C554
C653
C677
C652
C633
C648
AB21 VDD26
AB20 VDD25
+3.3V
AB19 GND30
AB18 DATABUS16
AB17 VDD24
AB16 NC27
AB15 DATABUS2
AB14 VDD23
AB13 VDDINT22
AB12 GND29
VDD27 AB22
AB11 ADRBUS5
AA5 SDADR9
AB10 VDD21
SDADR9
AB9 DREQ_0
CEDATA22
AB8 GND28
CEDATA25
CEDATA22 AA22
AB7 INT_0
CEDATA25 Y22
Y5 SDADR8
AB6 RD
W5 GND27
SDADR8
AB5 VDD20
SDDQ1
NC28 V22
V5 SDADR0
NF411
SDADR0
NC1 40
SDCS0
ASFM_1A
VDD30 N22
VDDINT29 P22
SDDATA8
DQMU 39
N5 VDDINT17
C564
18 RAS
CEDATA M22
IC423
(5/6)
M5 GND26
17 CAS
C675
PC3 L22
L5 SDDATA14
C673
1
VSS1 41
14 VCC1
16 WE
C631
SDDATA[31:0]
C565
C566
SDRAS
R657
RESET
SDDATA9
2
SDCAS
SDWE
LFENCB
LC-2-G-WHT
GND33 H22
SDDATA10
DQ8 42
15 DQML
SDDQ0
1CP416
check
LEB G22
G5 TRST
VCCQ2 43
13 DQ7
C548
RS3 F22
F5 GND24
VSSQ2 46
12 VSSQ1
1
SDDATA13
7 DQ3
9 VCCQ1
SDDATA14
DQ13 50
VCCQ3 49
6 VSSQ0
5 DQ2
SDDATA15
DQ14 51
SDDATA3
C752
2
C635
C629
C632
2
C636
2
SDDATA2
CEDATA[31:0]
+2.5R
+3.3R
4 DQ1
DQ15 53
VSSQ3 52
3 VCCQ0
SDDATA1
VSS2 54
C551
2 DQ0
3 VCCQ0
D16
D2
1 VCC0
SDDATA16
SDADR[13:0]
A5
A[25:0]
4 DQ1
DQ14 51
SDDATA30
SDDATA18
5 DQ2
DQ13 50
SDDATA29
6 VSSQ0
7 DQ3
SDDATA20
8 DQ4
SDDATA21
10 DQ5
SDDATA22
11 DQ6
9 VCCQ1
12 VSSQ1
DREQ0
13 DQ7
C552
14 VCC1
15 DQML
SDDQ2
C568
GND_28 P15
DQ11 47
SDDATA27
VSSQ2 46
SDDATA26
DQ10 45
SDDATA25
DQ9 44
VCCQ2 43
C569
SDDATA24
DQ8 42
VSS1 41
C567
NC1 40
CLK 38
18 RAS
CKE 37
19 CS
NC0 36
SDADR13
20 A13
A11
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR7
A6 31
SDADR6
A5 30
SDADR5
A4 29
SDADR4
24 A1
25 A2
26 A3
C761
27 VCC2
35
SDDQ3
SDADR11
VSS0 28
C553
GND_26 R14
M11 GND_2
SDDATA28
17 CAS
SDADR3
GND_27 R15
GND_1
DQ12 48
DQMU 39
SDADR2
VCCQ3 49
16 WE
SDADR1
GND_29 N15
GND_30 M15
IRQ0
GND_31 M14
GND_32 M13
GND_33 N13
GND_34 P13
GND_35 P14
GND_36 N14
RD
SDDATA23
L11
SDDATA31
DQ15 53
VSSQ3 52
SDDATA17
SDDATA19
D[31:0]
IC435
VSS2 54
N11 GND_3
GND_25 R13
IC423
(6/6)
P11 GND_4
R11 GND_5
T11 GND_6
T12 GND_7
GND_24 R12
GND_23 P12
GND_22 N12
GND_21 M12
L14 GND_18
L15 GND_17
L16 GND_16
M16 GND_15
N16 GND_14
P16 GND_13
R16 GND_12
GND_19 L13
T16 GND_11
GND_20 L12
T14 GND_9
T15 GND_10
T13 GND_8
SDADR[13:0]
5-123
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+3.3V
FB
NF406
Carriage Interface Circuit (LVDS Driver(Serial))
J407
1 VCC1
O_DATA_M1
2 D5
E_DATA_M0
3 D6
IC405
D4 56
O_DATA_M0
D3 55
E_DATA_Y1
D2 54
E_DATA_Y0
R635
40
J40P
39
J40P
38
J40P
R636
36
GND5 53
4 D7
E_DATA_M1
37
J40P
J40P
35
C607
D1 52
5 GND1
OUTENBA
J40P
O_DATA_Y1
34
CLKOUTN
CLKOUTP
J40P
O_DATA_C0
6 D8
D0 51
O_DATA_C1
7 D9
D27 50
E_DATA_C0
8 D10
Y0M 48
Y0N
E_DATA_C1
10 D11
Y0P 47
Y0P
11 D12
Y1M 46
Y1N
33
O_DATA_Y0
J40P
32
C466
LVDSGND3 49
J40P
31
J40P
30
1
J40P
9 VCC2
O_DATA_LM0
29
J40P
28
Y3N
Y3P
J40P
27
J40P
26
J40P
Y1P 45
12 D13
O_DATA_LM1
13 GND2
LVDSVCC1 44
E_DATA_LM0
14 D14
LVDSGND2 43
E_DATA_LM1
15 D15
Y2M 42
O_DATA_LC0
16 D16
25
Y1P
Y2N
Y2P
J40P
24
J40P
23
J40P
22
Y1N
Y1P
J40P
Y2N
21
J40P
Y2P 41
20
Y2P
17 CLKSEL
CLKOUTM 40
CLKOUTN
O_DATA_LC1
18 D17
CLKOUTP 39
CLKOUTP
E_DATA_LC0
19 D18
Y3M 38
E_DATA_LC1
20 D19
Y3P 37
J40P
19
Y0N
Y0P
J40P
18
J40P
17
J40P
16
Y3N
J40P
15
J40P
Y3P
14
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
C2_HENB
C0_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH
J40P
C618
+3.3R
LVDSGND1 36
21 GND3
O_DATA_BK0
22 D20
PLLGND2 35
O_DATA_BK1
23 D21
PLLVCC1 34
E_DATA_BK0
24 D22
PLLGND1 33
E_DATA_BK1
25 D23
SHTDN 32
26 VCC3
CLKIN
13
C624
J40P
12
2
J40P
11
J40P
10
J40P
R501
J40P
OUTENBA
31
J40P
C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH
J40P
LVDSCLK33M
6
J40P
D26 30
27 D24
LATCH_CL
28 D25
SCLK_CL
R637
C762
J40P
GND4 29
(Y)
(M)
(C)
J40P
3
J40P
R502
(BK)
(LC)
(LM)
J40P
1
J40P
C468
C467
Y0 -> D0/D1/D2/D3/D4/D6/D7
Y1 -> D8/D9/D12/D13/D14/D15/D18
Y2 -> D19/D20/D21/D22/D24/D25/D26
Y3 -> D5/D10/D11/D16/D17/D23/D27
+3.3V
+3.3V
4.7K,1/16W
2
39
J40P
38
R614
R615
1
FB
37
IC402
YHENB
MHENB
A2
Y2
CHENB
A3
Y3
LMHENB
A4
Y4
A1
Y1
RA410
J40P
36
35
J40P
LICC2_DTX
ADTRGX
LICC2_CLKX
XCRENCA
XCRENCB
HEADEEPCSX
HEADEEPWDX
XHEADEEPRD
HEADEEPCLKX
34
18
C0_HENB
17
C1_HENB
16
C2_HENB
15
C3_HENB
J40P
C584
LCHENB
A5
Y5
BKHENB
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
12
A8
Y8
11
C586
10
C763
33
14
13
R414
R415
32
J40P
31
J40P
30
J40P
29
R434
R433
R432
R478
R436
J40P
C4_HENB
C5_HENB
28
J40P
27
26
J40P
25
24
23
J40P
J40P
G1
22
21
J40P
19
J40P
J40P
G2
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
LICC2_LDX
J40P
RA402
2
NF412
40
J40P
J40P
2
GND
J40P
J40P
20
VCC
J408
RA456
IC402
4.7K,1/16W
+3.3R
J40P
20
XHDCVR
XCMOUT
PLEDX
PSNS
XDCDC_OVP
PLEDONX
J40P
19
C414
C413
C412
C411
18
R431
R413
17
J40P
16
H5VENBX
VHENBX
J40P
15
OUTENBB
R412
J40P
14
OUTENBB
C598
C599
C600
C601
C602
C451
C597
2
1
C425
2
1
2
1
C596
2
1
12
C595
13
J40P
C588
+5V
J40P
C587
From LCX541 Buffer
C410
C409
J40P
J40P
J40P
11
J40P
IC401
10
J40P
+24V
J40P
RA401
8
J40P
YSUBHT
+5V
MSUBHT
A1
Y1
A2
Y2
18
17
16
CSUBHT
A3
Y3
LMSUBHT
A4
Y4
LCSUBHT
A5
Y5
BKSUBHT
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
12
Y8
11
C0_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH
15
C3_SUBH
14
R401
R402
7
J40P
6
J40P
5
J40P
4
J40P
C4_SUBH
C5_SUBH
3
J40P
2
J40P
Q403
PIGMENT
C405
C406
C407
C403
C404
C402
G1
19
R612
R613
A8
G2
RA455
13
10
C401
GND
20
VCC
IC401
TC74VHCT541AFT
5-124
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
Controller Interface Connector
H-UDI
+3.3V
R605
1
2
J401
J413
CEDATA[31:0]
+3.3V
+3.3V
51
J100P
RA463 8
RA463 5
J100P
52
J100P
3
4
6
J100P
57
7
J100P
R499
58
J100P
8
9
J100P
60
5
4
TDI
TMS
ASEMBRKAK
10
C481
CEDATA2
CEDATA3
C485
C484
C488
CEDATA8
CEDATA9
CEDATA14
CEDATA15
C482
C458
C465
CEDATA21
1
1
CEDATA26
CEDATA27
5
4
DIPSW2
DIPSW3
RA425
RA423
RA423
18
J100P
69
J100P
C456
C455
C462
RA421
RA421
RA421
J100P
22
J100P
73
23
J100P
C453
C452
C459
3
1
J100P
J100P
J100P
J100P
26
J100P
77
27
J100P
RA415
RA415
RA415
78
J100P
RA413
31
82
J100P
J100P
J100P
34
J100P
85
35
J100P
J100P
37
J100P
38
J100P
39
89
90
DIPSW4
DIPSW5
93
95
C423
RA419
RA419
RA419
RA417
RA417
RA415
RA413
RA413
RA413
CEDATA5
CEDATA7
C457
C464
C463
CEDATA11
CEDATA13
C454
C461
C460
CEDATA17
CEDATA19
C442
C447
C446
CEDATA23
CEDATA25
CEDATA4
CEDATA10
CEDATA16
CEDATA22
CEDATA28
C439
C444
C443
CEDATA29
CEDATA31
D401
2
1
STANDBY
Q406
+3.3V
OFFCONTROLL
From ASIC I/O=14bit
45
46
J100P
47
J100P
98
J100P
48
J100P
99
49
J100P
R423
R409
J100P
100
J100P
97
J100P
96
2
1
C582
C581
C580
C579
C578
2
1
C577
To SH3 NMI
R429
R427
43
J100P
C483
C487
C486
44
J100P
J100P
RA423
RA423
RA421
J100P
R424
R410
J100P
94
J100P
R426
WAKE
42
J100P
J8P
J100P
+3.3V
2
J8P
41
92
2
2
J8P
40
J100P
J100P
To SH3
C489
J100P
91
2
J100P
J100P
RA412
RA412
RA412
J100P
J100P
R428
CEDATA1
36
87
J100P
+3.3V
1
2
J100P
86
+5V
RA416
RA416
RA414
33
83
C438
8
7
32
J100P
RA412
RA425
RA425
RA425
J100P
88
6
RA418
RA418
RA418
29
J100P
30
J100P
81
J100P
J100P
RA427
28
J100P
79
J100P
RA414
RA414
RA414
8
7
J100P
84
1
RA422
RA422
RA420
25
J100P
C441
C440
C445
24
75
RA418
RA416
RA416
J100P
74
80
6
8
RA424
RA424
RA424
J100P
J100P
RA419
RA417
RA417
RA426
21
J100P
71
RA420
RA420
RA420
19
J100P
20
70
J100P
RA426
RA424
RA422
RA422
SACK
+3.3R
4
J8P
DIPSW1
J8P
R608
R610
START
DIPSW0
J8P
SREQ
J8P
J100P
RA426
RA426
J100P
J8P
50
J100P
RESETC
+3.3V
Q401
1
Q402
3
R430
3
SWDETECT
To ASIC I/O=13bit and SH3 IREQ4
2
1
R599
C424
R411
+5V
+5V
J414
1
YMEDIA_TXDX
R597
YMEDIA_RXDX
J5P
2
J5P
3
J5P
4
J5P
J5P
C572
From "DIP SW"
3
4
76
CEDATA30
RA453
R425
6
3
R611
R609
J411
6
5
J100P
CEDATA24
RA454
RA427
RA427
RA427
17
J100P
72
CEDATA18
CEDATA20
6
5
C497
J100P
67
J100P
J100P
CEDATA12
+3.3V
16
68
1
1CP410
2
check
R662
J100P
J100P
+3.3R
CEDATA6
TCK
J14P
R527
1
15
66
R500
TRST
J14P
From SH3
check
13
J100P
14
J100P
1CP413
12
65
J100P
1CP409
1CP411
J100P
63
check
J100P
62
check
+3.3R
11
J100P
C498
J100P
TDO
J14P
J14P
CEDATA0
J14P
J14P
R606
R607
J14P
11
DCLK
RESET
J14P
12
J14P
J14P
READY
13
J14P
J100P
1CP412
J100P
J14P
J14P
check
10
64
2
14
J14P
J412
check
CACK
RA462
R664
R663
J100P
61
R528
1CP414
CREQ
J100P
59
J100P
J100P
RA452
RA463
RA462
R665
J100P
R526
56
RA463
J100P
J100P
RA462 5
6
8
J100P
55
J100P
RA462 6
3
1
J100P
54
J100P
+3.3V
J100P
53
J100P
+3.3R
ASEMD0
J2P
R525
2
J2P
5-125
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+24R
F
D417
D414
R562
R554
2
R546
C519
R551
C506
Carriage Motor
+24R
J402
+5V
Q427
R552
1
J2P
+3.3R
2
J2P
IC424
R534
Q428
R548
D415
D419
R563
R571
2
5 GND
C532
4 LA
3 OUTA
C537
2 UA
CRM_BREAK
C518
1 VDD
CRM_DIR
CRM_START
CRM_PWM_OUTX
R549
From ASIC
6 LB
IC419
7 OUTB
8 UB
1 RF
GND 30
2 WH
REVSEL 29
3 WL
BR 28
10 OUTC
R532
S/S
8 VCC1
CSD 23
24
VCTL 22
PWM 21
11 IN2+
TOC 20
12 IN2-
12REG 19
13 IN3+
VCC3 18
R545
R536
1
9 IN1+
10 IN1-
R653
1
2
12 GND2
PWMIN 25
7 UL
R582
2
1
R535
C504
C505
VCC2 16
+5V
R572
LVS 17
15 VREG
C503
14 IN3-
R517
R533
R514
R511
26
11 LC
F/R
6 UH
5 VL
+5V
R521
R654
HP 27
C516
4 VH
C517
C492
1
4
1
R638
R649
Q415
+5V
XPGHP
Q411
R441
3
WJ24P
+24V
IC431
From ASIC PWM2
NC14 20
2 NC1
NC13 19
3 VCC2
NC12 18
B9
XMEDIA
1 VCC1
COVER_SOL
1
D422
+5V
J405
4 NC2
NC11 17
5 NC3
OUTAN 16
INKM_N
21 GND1
GND2 22
INKM_P
(A)
Q421
WJ24P
R440
+5U
B7
D424
B6
WJ24P
B8
FU410
+3.3R
B4
WJ24P
WJ24P
B10
WJ24P
6 NC4
OUTA 15
7 NC5
NC10 14
8 IN1
NC9 13
9 IN2
NC8 12
10 NC6
NC7 11
XTANKCVR
A16
WJ32P
Q424
2
A15
WJ32P
MEDIA_ON
A14
INK SUP. VALVE UNIT
D421
1
2
INKM_D2
A13
XINK_HP
WJ32P
A12
INKM_D1
WJ32P
C541
R591
1
R590
From ASIC I/O=18bit

From ASIC I/O=19bit
WJ24P
WJ32P
D423
B12
B11
WJ24P
R647
2
3
J3P
B5
CRALARM
J3P
B3
WJ24P
WJ24P
+5V
COVER_SOL_R
XASFHP
IC418
R508
2
B2
WJ24P
J3P
C514
R648
D420
WJ24P
+5V
D404
J419
R639
(B)
B1
1 2
J404
Q419
Q420
1
D418
IC418
6
1
FU402
+5V
R742
R644
+24V
+24V
C626
1
R509
Q423
+5V
R507
2
1
R518
R515
2
1
R512
+5V
C534
1
+3.3V
IC438
CRALARM
VCC
GND
2
5
C613
S32
4
IC438
R633
1
CRM_PWM_OUTX
To Carriage Motor
NC1
GND
9 UC
R544
2
IC409
S04
VCC
+3.3R
IC409
From ASIC
CRM_PWM
5-126
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+3.3V
+5V
R673
1
LFDATA5
LFDATA4
10
DB6
DB1
DB5
DB2
DB4
DB3
NF408
FB
NF402
ASF MOTOR
18
LF_MAINWEN
14
LFDATA0
13
LFDATA1
12
LFDATA2
11
LFDATA3
C477
2
IC411
From ASIC
15
D410
FU409
16
D411
17
CS
DB0
19
WR
DB7
C639
VDD
DACA
LFDATA6
REFB
REFA
1
1
R483
+3.3R
From ASIC
2
1
GND3
VCC
VR
I1
C
I0
14
13
12
C479
11
+5V
ASFM_0A
+24V
+5V
2
FB
1
1
2
D409
D408
+24V
MA
VMM1
VMM2
GND1
GND4
GND2
GND3
14
13
12
I1
C
I0
+5V
J404
ASFA
ASFB
(A)
A1
WJ24P
A2
WJ24P
C493
C476
10
PH
11
C494
R540
ASFMB
VR
VCC
15
FU404
16
C475
R481
C507
R541
MB
R482
11
11
+5V
2
1
R480
12
R674
IC410
13
LMV324IDR
14
C474
10
IC415
R542
From SH3
FU408
1
LFMAINDA
R522
+5V
IC430
From ASIC
C509
IC415
R531
+5V
C658
NF407
C499
FB
NF401
11
11
R659
R524
1
IC415
10
PH
15
IC415
GND2
16
C496
+3.3R
ASFMA
2
GND4
R537
C495
+5V
ASFM_1A
VMM2
GND1
C510
LFDATA[7:0]
MA
VMM1
R484
MB
R485
C478
R660
C508
LFDATA7
RFBB
RFBA
DGND
LF_MAINANB
OUTA
+5V
R523
20
OUTB
R672
AGND
+3.3R
2
1
C640
+24V
IC420
FB
LF Motor Interface
ASFBN
A3
WJ24P
ASFAN
A4
WJ24P
+24V
C422
1
A5
WJ24P
FU401
1
PGAO
2
A6
WJ24P
PGANO
+5V
A7
WJ24P
C408
IC413
R538
1
C437
1
2
PG
PGAX
PGB
PGBX
J6P
VREF2
12
LFMAINA
13
LFMAINB
14
LFMAINAN
15
IN_A
J410
1
J10P
IN_B
XPINCH_KAATU
6
7
NC
From ASIC
+5V
FU406
10
C480
6
3
From ASIC
VREF1
TD2
11
+24V
1
PGA
J6P
LF_BN
2
J10P
A11
WJ24P
RA433
1
TD1
R745
RA461
A10
WJ24P
XCRGHP
2
J6P
J6P
IC412
1
J6P
LF_AN
LF_B
A9
WJ24P
J6P
SG
R529
+3.3R
LF_A
PGBNO
PURGE MOTOR
J409
A
A
R530
R746
A8
WJ24P
VCC2
R539
PGBO
9
10
E1
A12
WJ24P
B1
C1
B2
C2
B3
C3
To "Parge Uinit"
B4
C4
E2
IN_A
J10P
LFMAINBN
16
IN_B
XMIST_R
J10P
XMIST_R_GND
J10P
+3.3R
6
J10P
XKYUINPWM_R
+24V
7
J10P
Q425
XMIST_L
9
J10P
3
1
D405
Q422
XMIST_L_GND
+5V
J421
1
XLFENCB
J422
1
10
J10P
KYUINPWM_R
From ASIC TMUPWM1
J4P
J2P
COVER_SOL_L
+3.3R
FU403
J10P
J4P
J2P
R444
2
XLFENCA
Q412
1
3
J4P
Q416
J4P
R443
1
COVER_SOL
From ASIC TMUPWM2
5-127
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
EEPROM(HEAD/TANK/SYSTEM) Interface
INK Detecting Circuit
+3.3V
R688
+3.3V
R565
+5V
R689
+5V
IC426
C535
XSYSEEPDA
1
XTANKEEPRD
Q433
IC425
1
R566
C657
R685
SDA 5
SCL 6
4 VSS
ZDA404
R684
2
1
WP 7
3 A2
R564
2
10
INHIBIT
X0
13
X1
14
X2
15
X3
12
X4
X5
X6
X7
BK_SENSE
B7
C_SENSE
WJ32p
B6
M_SENSE
WJ32p
B5
Y_SENSE
WJ32p
B4
PC_SENS
WJ32p
B3
PM_SENS
WJ32p
B2
WJ32p
B1
WJ32p
R567
WJ32P
IC433
(A)
A1
11
Q430
J405
J405
R687
2 A1
+5V
+5V
R686
VCC 8
ZDA401
2
EEPWD
TANK_ONX
ZDA402
3
INK_ONX
1 A0
ZDA405
EEPCLK
From SH3
R683
R679
R680
SYSEEPWP
+3.3V
IC421
From ASIC I/O=24bit
INKSEL0X
INKSEL1X
INKSEL2X
R681
+3.3V
A2
WJ32P
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
TANKCS2
A6
Y6
TANKCS1
A7
Y7
TANKCS0
A8
Y8
WJ32P
A4
WJ32P
A6
15
14
13
12
11
A8
A11
R709
RA449
G1
16
VEE
VSS
INKSNS
5
NJM2904V
C536
+3.3R
1
2
0.1U,16V
2
R557
R556
+5V
LICC2_LD
11
A4
Y4
LICC2_LDX
From ASIC I/O=29bit
LICC2_DT
13
A3
Y3
LICC2_DTX
15
A2
Y2
LICC2_CLKX
17
A1
Y1
ADTRGX
+3.3V
J405
LICC2_CLK
From ASIC
ADTRG
B15
WJ32p
B14
19
1
WJ32p
R677
B16
WJ32p
B13
To CR_BOARD
WJ32p
WJ32p
Y4
18
WJ32p
A3
Y3
16
WJ32p
A2
Y2
14
WJ32p
A1
Y1
12
A4
Y4
18
HEADEEPCSX
A3
Y3
16
HEADEEPCLKX
EEPWD
A2
Y2
14
HEADEEPWDX
A1
Y1
12
IC422
GND
20
10
C524
R678
2
1
C691
C692
C543
EEPCLK
VCC
5
4
RA447
HEADEEPCS
From ASIC I/O=25bit
R710
2
C693
1
1
10
+5V
B8
C546
+3.3V
Y1
YMEDIA_TXDX
To YMEDIA
FUTO_CLMP
+5V
FUTO_ON
GND
10
C539
VCC
A8
Y8
11
INKSEL0X
INKSEL1
A7
Y7
12
INKSEL1X
From SH3
INKSEL2
A6
Y6
13
INKSEL2X
From SH3
INK_ON
A5
Y5
A4
Y4
TANK_ON
5
4
A3
Y3
A2
Y2
A1
Y1
HAI_TANK_ON
VHENB
From ASIC
3
2
H5VENB
3
1
OUTENB
R743
2
From ASIC
From SH3
PLED
PLEDX
H5VENBX
IC427
To CR_BOARD
From YMEDIA
R691
YMEDIA_RXDX
R690
18
To CR_BOARD
C570
R692
+5V
GND
VCC
IC436
YMEDIA_RXD
To SH3
IC436
HAI_TANK_ONX
3
2
+3.3V
TANK_ONX
17
VHENBX
IC430
1
IC436
CRHALL
INK_ONX
16
OUTENBB
15
Paper Detect Sensor's LED
IC436
To CR_BOARD
+3.3V
14
Q434
R574
OUTENBA
2
To Serial LVDS
R573
R589
INKSEL0
From SH3
From ASIC I/O=27bit
+3.3V
G1
From SH3
From SH3
19
IC427
20
G2
A1
19
17
Y2
Y3
A2
R576
Y4
A3
15
R575
A4
13
11
FUTO_ONX
YMEDIA_TXD
FUTO_CLMPX
R577
From SH3
IC432
GND
20
IC422
B9
From SH3
IC432
VCC
B10
A4
+5V
Q431
H5VENB
From ASIC
WJ32p
HAI_TANKEEPCS
From ASIC I/O=26bit
To "HAI TANK EEPROM"
B11
RA469
B12
IC432
R558
ZDA403
Q432
HAI_TANK_ONX
From ASIC I/O=28bit
From ASIC I/O=30bit
XHAI_TANKEEPRD
IC422
244
1
C556
C557
C558
C559
C560
C561
C562
C563
C545
RA451
5
4
5
4
7
2
RA450
19
C555
VDD
A10
WJ32P
10
IC425
IC426
A9
WJ32P
WJ32P
G2
20
+5V
A7
WJ32P
GND
To "TANK EEPROM"
WJ32P
IC433
VCC
+5V
A5
WJ32P
WJ32P
16
TANKCS3
17
TANKCS4
18
R570
Y3
Y2
A3
Y1
A2
From SH3
+5V
A1
R568
RA448
2
TANKCS5
R569
A3
5-128
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
Sensor Circuit
+5V
+5V
+5V
DA406
F
RA405
1
DSOUT1
DSOUT1_A
2
1
C427
1
C544
1
C530
C430
HAI_TANKEEPRD
To ASIC I/O=23bit
R584
XHAI_TANKEEPRD
DA405
CVRSW
To ASIC I/O=7bit
XCVRSW
DA407
INK_HP
To ASIC I/O=0bit
R561
7
DA413
XINK_HP
DA413
RA406
RA407
DA408
+3.3V
1
4
1
1
C420
+5V
To SH3 Analog Port
+3.3V
+5V
+5V
PSNS_A
2
1
C419
4
+5V
+5V
+3.3V
+5V
2
R439
1
RA405
INKSNS_A
C426
DA405
INKSNS
2
2
C417
From INK Detecting
CRENCA
To ASIC
C593
DA406
RA404
RA403
2
XCRENCA
CMOUT
To ASIC I/O=10bit
DA403
6
2
C428
DA404
R438
DA410
RA411
2
XCMOUT
DA407
CRGHP
To ASIC I/O=3bit
DA409
XCRGHP
5
4
RA407
RA406
DA408
+5V
1
+5V
R420
C415
+3.3V
+5V
DA406
DA405
LFENCB
To ASIC
2
1
C594
RA405
4
RA404
1
6
PSNS
RA403
4
XLFENCB
6
DCDC_OVP
To ASIC I/O=9bit
DA403
DA409
2
C
C429
DA404
R437
DA410
RA411
1
XDCDC_OVP
DA407
ASFHP
To ASIC I/O=2bit
XASFHP
6
3
RA407
RA406
DA408
+5V
DSOUT2_A
2
DA405
DA403
From CR_BORAD
+3.3V
+5V
+5V
DSOUT2
LFENCA
To ASIC
C416
RA405
DA406
1
C
5
RA403
3
XLFENCA
HDCVR
To ASIC I/O=8bit
C433
C431
RA404
DA404
RA409
DA412
RA408
3
XHDCVR
DA407
PGHP
To ASIC I/O=1bit
+5V
+3.3V
DA411
XPGHP
+5V
+5V
8
1
RA407
RA406
DA408
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
8
1
2
4
DA410
2
1
HEADEEPRD
To ASIC I/O=21bit
C592
4
2
C
4
C
3
TANKEEPRD
To ASIC I/O=22bit
2
C591
2
1
C434
RA411
4
XTANKEEPRD
MEDIA
To ASIC I/O=6bit
DA409
RA409
DA410
4
C
DA412
RA408
2
C
+5V
+5U
DA411
C418
RA411
3
XHEADEEPRD
DA411
TANKCVR
To ASIC I/O=5bit
DA409
C435
CRENCB
To ASIC
1
C
RA409
DA412
RA408
1
XMEDIA
+5V
+5V
XTANKCVR
+5V
C
RA403
1
XCRENCB
2
C
C432
+5V
DA404
SYSEEPDA
To ASIC I/O=20bit
DA411
XSYSEEPDA
PINCH_KAATU
To ASIC I/O=4bit
XPINCH_KAATU
R682
5
DA403
RA404
6
3
RA409
RA408
DA412
+5V
5-129
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+24V
FU405
MIST FAN LOCK DETECT
Power Supply Connector & Regulation Circuit
F
1
J417
+5V
+5V
1
4
2
1
From ASIC I/O=12bit
2
3
C771
C772
2
1
C773
2
1
C774
2
1
C775
2
1
C776
2
1
C777
2
1
C778
2
1
C779
2
1
C780
2
1
C781
2
1
C782
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
C802
C821
C828
2
1
2
2
1
1
C800
C801
2
2
1
C783
C815
C816
R583
+5V
C542
J8P
+24R
C784
C797
C785
C799
C798
C817
C818
C819
C820
C827
C769
C770
C786
C787
C788
C789
C803
C804
C805
C806
C822
C823
1
1
2
1
1
check
check
2
J8P
C590
CP401
C538
3
J8P
CP477
FU407
4
J8P
XMIST_L
D407
5
J8P
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
6
J8P
+24V
+24U
C766
C767
C768
C790
C791
C792
C793
C794
C795
C796
C807
C808
C809
C810
C811
C812
C813
C814
C824
C825
C826
+5V
+24V
C533
7
J8P
2
8
J8P
+24U
J416
C436
C585
+24V
R617
+3.3R
R479
R446
1
+3.3V
1
J4P
+5V
Q410
MIST_RL
From ASIC I/O=17bit
Q409
D403
IC403
8
1
STANDBY
Hardware Switch
C583
2
J4P
Q417
1
check
CP479
MIST_FAULT
R447
1
J2P
175487-2
3
J4P
R442
+3.3R
Q413
START
J4P
R616
1
1
check
+24V
XMIST_R_GND
2
J2P
R421
CP478
+3.3V
J415
C589
D406
XMIST_R
2
1
XMIST_L_GND
2
R618
1
R422
3
IC403
D402
1
To SH3 Power(1.9V)
Q407
+1.9V
+24V
Q418
R449
1
Q408
+3.3V
IC437
R619
1 VO
check
CP476
C421
R445
R448
2
2 NC
C685
1
3 GND
4 CN
VIN
SUB 6
CONT 5
Q414
1
+3.3R
C576
CP423
C575
3V
R559
check
IC439
BAT1
C641
1 GND
CE 4
2 VDD
VOUT 3
To SH3 RTC Power(1.8V)

RTCPW
+5V
D416
START
3.3V
2
3
R435
To ASIC Power(2.5V)
+2.5V
+3.3V
IC428
NC=3
XCVRSW
ZD401
PLEDONX
CP439
Q429
1 VO
2 NC
C684
3 GND
check
C531
PLEDON
4 CN
SUB 6
C683
To "DOOR_SW"
C540
+24R
+24U
VIN
CONT 5
+24R
Q405
R560
+5V
Q404
J418
4
J4P
3
J4P
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
J4P
+24V
LED404
J4P
LED402
LED403
2
LED401
J403
R595
R593
2
R594
1
2
J2P
Q436
LEDD2
Q435
1
LEDD1
Q437
1
LEDD0
R592
1
J2P
5-130
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
+3.3V
1
R711
1
R712
1
R713
1
R714
1
R715
1
R716
1
R717
2
C765 1
1CP489
C764 1
check
CRMPWM_OUT61
CP487
1CP488
check
check
62
LFSIG_IN
LFSIG_OUT 63
1CP485
1CP484
1CP483
1CP486
C695 1
VDDOUT7 64
VSSOUT8 65
check
BOSO_DUTY3 66
check
BOSO_DUTY2 67
check
check
check
BOSO_DUTY1 68
BOSO_DUTY0 69
BOSO_TIME2 70
1CP482
BOSO_TIME1 71
check
R727
1CP480
TEST 73
VDDCORE2 74
VSSCORE2 75
BOSO_FLG 76
77
SDI
SDO 78
VSSOUT9 80
TEST_SE 79
FB
BOSO_TIME0 72
NF420
1
check
C694 1
+3.3V
D[3:0]
1CP481
R726
1
R725
CRMPWM60
RD
1 RDN
CS6
2 CSN
VSSOUT7 59
3 VSSOUT1
VDDOUT6 58
C696
check
PD2_OUT0 57
PD2_OUT1 56
D2
6 DT2
PD1_OUT0 55
check
D1
7 DT1
PD1_OUT1 54
check
D0
8 DT0
PD1_OUT2 53
9 RESETN
IC443
11 VSSOUT2
PLDCLK33M
1
C697
PD2_IN
51
check
PD1_IN
50
check
12 CLK
VSSOUT6 49
CP491
CP492
13 VDDOUT2
VDDOUT5 48
C699 1 2
CP495
1
CP496
1
CP497
1
CP498
1
CP499
1
CP500
1
CP501
PT_OUT1 42
check
20 VSSOUT3
PT_OUT2 41
check
40 VSSOUT5
38 PT_OUT3
37 PT_OUT4
33 VDDOUT3
31 CLMP
29 CMP2
26 LS_A
22 RS232CLK
39 VDDOUT4
check
19 ADDR0
36 LED_ON0
check
A0
35 LED_ON1
check
44
PT_OUT0 43
34 VSSOUT4
45
PT_IN3
18 ADDR1
32 FUTO_LED
PT_IN2
17 ADDR2
A1
30 CMP1
16 ADDR3
A2
28 LS_A_OUT
A3
27 LS_B_OUT
check
25 LS_B
check
46
24 VSSCORE1
47
PT_IN1
23 VDDCORE1
PT_IN0
15 ADDR4
21 INTN
CP493
CP494
14 ADDR5
2
check
check
check
CP5111
CP5121
CP5131
CP5141
C702 1
check
2
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
FUTO_CLMPX
GA_CRENCB
R741
R728
R729
GA_CRENCA
check
CP503 1
CP504 1
CP5051
CP5061
CP507 1
CP508 1
CP5091
CP5101
C701 1
check
CP502 1
C700 1
A4
R747
A5
A[5:0]
CP490
PD1_OUT3 52
10 WRN
WE0
C698
5 DT3
RESET
IRQ3
4 VDDOUT1
R740
D3
FUTO_ONX
+5V
+5V
DA414
J420
1
J7P
R732
1
CP515
J7P
3
J7P
2
1
DA414
R733
check
C704
FUTO_ON
J7P
FUTO_CLMP
J7P
CP518
1
CRENCA
CRENCB
R739
R738
check
J7P
7
J7P
C705
1
5-131
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200

8
1
Carriage Relay PCB (1/7)
IC209
11
DSOUT2_A
Engine Controller Interface Connector
DSOUT2
8
10
28
R394
1
R393
29
C0_SUBH
31
C1_SUBH
32
33
34
C2_SUBH
J40P
J40P
J40P
38
J40P
39
40
J40P
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
C2_HENB
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
R304
1
R306
1
R305
35
36
37
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH
2
2
2
C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
33
34
J40P
35
J40P
36
37
J40P
38
J40P
39
40
J40P
CP203
+3.3V
VHENB
C
OUTENBB
30
31
32
J40P
H5VENB
27
28
29
J40P
J40P
OPEN
25
26
J40P
J40P
DCDC_OVP
R278
23
24
CMOUT
C241
C243
+24V
C240
C242
2
30
J40P
22
J40P
J40P
27
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
R395
J40P
J40P
PSNS
J40P
26
J40P
J40P
PLED
19
20
21
J40P
J40P
HDCVR
J40P
18
J40P
17
J40P
Y0P
J40P
16
J40P
Y0N
23
24
25
22
J40P
HEADEEPCLK
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
15
J40P
+5V
21
14
J40P
+5V
HEADEEPWD
HEADEEPRD
Y1N
Y1P
J40P
CRENCA
CRENCB
HEADEEPCS
11
12
13
J40P
J40P
9
10
DSOUT1
12
+5V
LICC2_DT
ADTRG
LICC2_CLK
19
20
Y2N
Y2P
14
LICC2_LD
CP204
1
check
J40P
J40P
+5V
Y3P
13
DSOUT1_A
CP207
18
J40P
check
J40P
J40P
Y3N
J40P
15
16
17
J40P
R277
J40P
13
14
J40P
R276
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
6
7
8
CLKOUTP
R275
J40P
J40P
CLKOUTN
10
1
12
J40P
J40P
R392
J40P
3
4
J40P
J40P
J40P
6
7
8
9
J40P
1
2
J40P
J40P
J40P
R391
J40P
J40P
J40P
R390
J40P
IC209
J209
1
2
3
4
5
11
J40P
+5V
10
5-132
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Carriage Interface Circuit (LVDS Receiver (Serial))

+3.3V
NF201
FB
+3.3V
+3.3V
LED202
LED201
CP209
check
1 D22
VCC4 56
E_DATA_BK1_I
2 D23
D21 55
O_DATA_BK1_I
LATCH_CL_I
3 D24
D20 54
O_DATA_BK0_I
C390
Q363
4 GND1
2
L206
O_DATA_LC0_I
D15 47
E_DATA_LM1_I
Y1N
11 A1M
D14 46
E_DATA_LM0_I
Y1P
12 A1P
D13 45
O_DATA_LM1_I
C392
13 LVDSVCC1
GND4 44
14 LVDSGND2
D12 43
O_DATA_LM0_I
15 A2M
D11 42
E_DATA_C1_I
D10 41
E_DATA_C0_I
R387
16 A2P
17 CLKINM
VCC2 40
18 CLKINP
D9 39
O_DATA_C1_I
Y3N
19 A3M
D8 38
O_DATA_C0_I
Y3P
20 A3P
D7 37
CLKOUTP
O_DATA_LC1_I
D16 49
10 A0P
Y2N
+3.3V
D17 50
8 LVDSGND1
21 LVDSGND3
2
R389
C325
R396
C324
10
C393
22 PLLGND1
D6 35
E_DATA_M0_I
23 PLLVCC1
D5 34
O_DATA_M1_I
24 PLLGND2
D4 33
O_DATA_M0_I
25 SHTDN
D3 32
E_DATA_Y1_I
26 CLKOUT
GND
20
VCC
245
Q364
O_DATA_Y0_I
OUTENBB
C394
245
A2
B2
C2_HENB
A3
B3
C3_HENB
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
16
15
C1_HENB_B
C2_HENB_B
C3_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C5_HENB_B
R322
R321
14
13
12
11
R320
27 D0
D2 30
E_DATA_Y0_I
28 GND2
D1 29
O_DATA_Y1_I
C395
B
Y0 - > D0/ D1/ D2/ D3/ D4/ D6/ D7
Y1 - > D8/ D9/ D12/ D13/ D14/ D15/ D18
Y2 - > D19/ D20/ D21/ D22/ D24/ D25/ D26
Y3 - > D5/ D10/ D11/ D16/ D17/ D23/ D27
R350
2
R351
C333
C331
SCLK_CL
LATCH_CL
C323
C332
2
1
C386
C322
2
1
C330
C387
+5V
OUTENBB
C0_HENB_B
R323
DIR
LATCH_CL_I
17
C5_HENB
R325
C4_HENB
SCLK_CL_I
19
C1_HENB
R324
18
B1
check
A1
C0_HENB
VCC1 31
CP206
IC203
E_DATA_M1_I
GND3 36
IC203
C391
Y0P
Y2P
E_DATA_LC0_I
7 D27
VCC3 48
R388
D18 51
9 A0M
R386
GND5 52
6 D26
CLKOUTN
E_DATA_LC1_I
5 D25
R385
Y0N
+5V
D19 53
SCLK_CL_I
H5VENB
E_DATA_BK0_I
Q361
VHENB
R384
R203
IC212
5-133
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
Linear Scale Sensor
DA201
R237
1
2
CRENCB
J4P
+5V
R238
J4P
3
2
CRENCA
J4P
+5V
R236
DA201
R235
J206
C210
Paper Detecting Sensor
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DA202
1 C
DA202
C211
1 C
C209
J4P
J208
1
J5P
IC209
J5P
3
J5P
PLED
11
4
J5P
5
OPEN
2
Carriage Sensor
+5V
R356
R286
C216
J5P
+5V
J3P
R206
HDCVR
J3P
3
J3P
5
4
+5V
DA202
4 C
R283
C212
PSNS
R239
11
C213
J205
IC209
DA201
+5V
5-134
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
Sub Heater Driver Circuit
C0SUBH
C3SUBH
+5V
+5V
Q214
Q223
R271
1
R265
R270
2
Q229
3
1
C3_SUBH
C0_SUBH
Q226
Q217
2
1
1
1
R264
Q220
1
D
C1SUBH
C4SUBH
+5V
Q221
R267
1
Q215
R260
Q218
1
3
R266
R261
2
Q227
Q224
C4_SUBH
C1_SUBH
Q212
2
1
2
1
+5V
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
+5V
+5V
R269
1
Q216
Q219
R262
R268
R263
2
2
1
C5_SUBH
Q225
3
1
Q228
C2_SUBH
Q213
2
1
1
1
Q222
1
5-135
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
DC-DC Converter Circuit

+24V
RGV19
L201
FU201
1
L202
Q211
J203
CP205
2
check
J3P
R250
R252
R251
R374
R373
R253
R234
2
ZD201
R361
R364
2
1
R299
R300
R293
1
1
2
1
C238
R292
1
6
1
R297
R245
C227
R256
R247
R291
VCC 9
OUT1 10
DTC1 11
FB1 12
IN+ 14
VREF 16
Q205
3
1
LATCH 15
C221
IN- 1 13
R298
1
2
Q231
R369
C223
C224
1
2
R255
R368
R367
1
R366
1
C226
R370
2
1
8
Q232
3
6
IC351
DCDC_OVP
Q235
3
C1353
2
3
C237
IC351
R296
Q230
Q234
1
R294
Q233
1
2
1
+5V
R254
R243
R233
VR201
C1351
R362
R365
Q210
2
Q206
8 GND
7 OUT2
6 DTC2
5 FB2
3
4 IN- 2
3 ON/ OFF
2 RT
IC211
1 CT
R246
R248
1
2
D203
2
R290
C225
CMOUT
R257
2
1
C1352
R295
check
CP208
R372
R232
1
Q208
R249
R375
Q351
3
J3P
Q352
R363
C218
D202
GNDR
Q207
J3P
C219
VHENB
5-136
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
Head Interface Connector

F
J213
J212
1
J30P
O_DATA_PM0
O_DATA_PM1
E_DATA_PM0
E_DATA_PM1
O_DATA_PC0
O_DATA_PC1
E_DATA_PC0
E_DATA_PC1
O_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_BK0
E_DATA_BK1
C0_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C2_HENB_B
C0SUBH
C1SUBH
C2SUBH
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
10
C5SUBH
11
C3_HENB_B
12
C4_HENB_B
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
J30P
C5_HENB_B
13
J30P
17
DSOUT2
18
DSOUT1
19
LICC2_LD
10
J30P
11
J30P
12
J30P
14
J30P
16
J30P
17
J30P
18
J30P
19
J30P
20
J30P
21
22
J30P
J30P
22
HEADEEPCLK
23
J30P
24
HEADEEPRD
25
HEADEEPWD
J30P
J30P
J30P
+5V
27
check
J30P
28
J30P
23
J30P
24
J30P
25
HEADEEPCS
CP202
26
J30P
26
VHFBH
CP2011
VHFBG
check
J30P
27
J30P
28
J30P
29
J30P
29
J30P
Q203
J30P
30
DA201
J30P
30
J30P
Q204
C201
C202
DA202
H5VENB
4 C
LATCH_CL
ADTRG
SCLK_CL
LICC2_DT
21
E_DATA_C1
9
J30P
J30P
E_DATA_C0
20
J30P
O_DATA_C1
J30P
R371
O_DATA_C0
J30P
E_DATA_M1
8
J30P
J30P
E_DATA_M0
7
J30P
15
16
O_DATA_M1
6
J30P
J30P
O_DATA_M0
5
J30P
E_DATA_Y1
4
J30P
13
LICC2_CLK
15
J30P
E_DATA_Y0
3
J30P
J30P
J30P
O_DATA_Y1
2
J30P
J30P
14
O_DATA_Y0
1
J30P
5-137
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
+5V
10
C400
20
C401
GND
VCC
1000P,50V
245
C397
IC204
IC206
245
C376
E_DATA_M0
E_DATA_BK0_I
A7
B7
E_DATA_M1
E_DATA_BK1_I
A8
B8
C378
C340
+5V
C341
C343
B6
DIR
E_DATA_LC0
E_DATA_LC1
O_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_BK0
E_DATA_BK1
R342
R343
1
12
R344
R345
11
C364
C366
C367
OUTENBB
O_DATA_LC1
R338
13
C369
C365
C368
C371
2
O_DATA_BK1_I
14
C342
A6
O_DATA_M1
15
C377
B5
R397
1
C379
B4
A5
R398
11
A4
O_DATA_BK0_I
E_DATA_LC1_I
O_DATA_M0
19
E_DATA_Y1
16
R328
O_DATA_LC0
R339
DIR
B3
R340
B8
A3
A8
17
E_DATA_LC0_I
R341
18
B7
E_DATA_M1_I
E_DATA_Y0
R329
12
B2
R349
A2
A7
13
B1
14
A1
O_DATA_LC1_I
E_DATA_M0_I
B6
O_DATA_Y1
A6
O_DATA_LC0_I
19
O_DATA_M1_I
15
B5
B4
A5
A4
E_DATA_Y1_I
O_DATA_M0_I
16
B3
O_DATA_Y0
R348
A3
R347
E_DATA_Y0_I
17
B2
A2
O_DATA_Y1_I
B1
A1
O_DATA_Y0_I
R346
18
245
2
+5V
L205
C396
10
20
GND
245
VCC
IC206
IC204
L203
+5V
C370
OUTENBB
L204
+5V
10
C398
C399
GND
20
VCC
245
IC205
IC205
245
O_DATA_LM1_I
A6
B6
E_DATA_LM0_I
A7
B7
E_DATA_LM1_I
A8
B8
+5V
DIR
14
13
O_DATA_LM0
O_DATA_LM1
E_DATA_LM0
E_DATA_LM1
R336
1
R337
11
C348
C350
C351
E_DATA_C1
R335
12
C353
C349
C352
E_DATA_C0
R334
C355
2
B5
A5
O_DATA_C1
R330
O_DATA_LM0_I
15
B4
O_DATA_C0
R331
A4
R332
E_DATA_C1_I
16
B3
A3
17
E_DATA_C0_I
R333
18
B2
A2
B1
A1
O_DATA_C1_I
19
O_DATA_C0_I
C354
OUTENBB
5-138
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
9.5 Head Relay PCB

8
1
Head Relay PCB (1/3)
VHT
RGV19
J1104
R1103
1
2
J1107
J1108
C1103
1
30
C3_ODATA0
J30P
J30P
C3_ODATA1
J30P
C3_EDATA0
J30P
C3_EDATA1
J30P
C4_ODATA0
J30P
C4_ODATA1
J30P
C4_EDATA0
J30P
C4_EDATA1
J30P
C5_ODATA0
J30P
J30P
C5_ODATA1
J30P
C5_EDATA0
J30P
C5_EDATA1
J30P
20
17
J30P
17
J30P
C0_ODATA0
J30P
C0_ODATA1
J30P
C0_EDATA0
J30P
C0_EDATA1
J30P
C1_ODATA0
J30P
C1_ODATA1
J30P
C1_EDATA0
J30P
C1_EDATA1
J30P
C2_ODATA0
J30P
C2_ODATA1
J30P
C2_EDATA0
J30P
14
15
14
12
J30P
J30P
J30P
10
9
8
7
6
5
J30P
HDCLK
J30P
HDLT
J30P
HEADEEPCLKX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPWDX
CP1184
check
HEADEEPCSX
1
CP1183
VHFBH
1
H5V
VHFBG
check
J30P
J30P
R1112
J30P
DASHX
10
C2_EDATA1
DADTX
11
J30P
DLDX
12
J30P
11
DSOUT1
13
J30P
J30P
13
J30P
J30P
DSOUT2
J30P
J30P
J30P
DACLKX
16
15
J30P
16
J30P
J30P
C5_HENB_B
18
J30P
R1107
18
C4_HENB_B
19
J30P
R1106
19
C3_HENB_B
20
J30P
C5SUBH
21
J30P
21
J1P
22
J30P
J1106
C4SUBH
22
C3SUBH
23
R1105
23
C2SUBH
24
J30P
24
C1SUBH
25
J30P
J1P
C0SUBH
26
J30P
25
C2_HENB_B
27
R1104
26
28
J30P
27
C1_HENB_B
J30P
28
J30P
J1105
C0_HENB_B
29
C1101
1
29
C1104
30
J30P
J1P
5-139
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
CP1132
12
CP1135
13
10
check
14
11
DLDX
DADTX
DACLKX
check
IC1102
CP1133
CP1136
1
6
check
14
IC1102
14
IC1102
H5V
check
14
IC1102
CP1134
CP1137
check
check
14
2
C1108
C1109
C1106
H5V
14
IC1102
IC1102
C1105
IC1102
H5V
R1108
14
14
RNK4
DI5B
19
CP1120
CP1119
DI4B
18
CP1118
check
RNK5
DI3B
17
CP1117
check
RNK6
DASHX
1
1
check
check
DIAK1
DIALC1
DIALM1
DIAC1
check
DI2B
DI1B
16
15
DI6A
14
DI5A
SH_TRG
13
DI3A
11
12
DI4A
20
10
CP1125
CP1124
1
25
CLK
check
CP1127
CP1126
26
DATA
check
CP1128
27
LD
check
CP1129
28
DSOUT1
check
1
29
DSOUT2
check
30
check
1
31
VCC
check
32
IREFR
DI6B
DI2A
RNK3
DI1A
C
1
check
check
1
check
1
check
1
check
check
CP1116
CP1115
ZDA1103
2
ZDA1101
CP1113
CP1114
ZDA1102
DIAY1
DIAM1
DIAK0
DIALC0
A
DIALM0
check
21
check
GND/DIK
CP1108
CP1121
RNK2
check
check
check
THIN
22
check
RNK1
check
CP1107
check
CP1111
CP1112
CP1105
CP1106
check
C1107
D
CP1122
REF
GND
IC1101
CP1123
CP1109
CP1110
check
23
DIAY0
check
CP1104
24
GND
DIAC0
CP1103
R1109
IDIN
DIAM0
CP1102
RNKOUT
check
CP1131
CP1130
VCC
TH1101
5-140
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
1
RGV19
F
J1102
H5V
J1102
1
VHT
40
C0_EDATA0
J78P
J78P
41
DIAY0
J78P
J78P
C0SUBH
42
C1_ODATA1
J78P
J78P
C3_HENB_B
43
C0_EDATA1
J78P
J78P
DIAC1
HEADEEPWDX
44
DIAM1
J78P
J78P
45
C0_HENB_B
J78P
J78P
HEADEEPCLKX
46
C1SUBH
J78P
J78P
J78P
C2_ODATA0
48
C4_HENB_B
J78P
J78P
10
DIALC1
49
C5_ODATA1
J78P
J78P
11
H5V
J78P
12
C1102
50
DIAK1
J78P
51
DIAK0
J78P
J78P
13
DIALC0
R1102
J78P
15
J78P
16
VHFBG
52
R1111
2
J78P
53
1
J78P
54
1
14
J78P
C3_ODATA0
J78P
55
J78P
J78P
17
C1_EDATA0
J78P
18
HEADEEPRDX
J78P
19
C3SUBH
47
DIALM1
J78P
56
HDLT
J78P
C1_EDATA1
57
J78P
58
J78P
J78P
21
J78P
22
C2_EDATA1
J78P
23
C4_ODATA1
J78P
24
C5_EDATA1
J78P
25
R1110
VHFBH
J78P
20
HEADEEPCSX
C2_HENB_B
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
C4_ODATA0
C4SUBH
59
J78P
60
J78P
61
J78P
62
J78P
63
J78P
64
J78P
26
J78P
27
J78P
28
J78P
65
J78P
DIAM0
66
J78P
C1_ODATA0
67
J78P
J78P
29
C0_ODATA0
J78P
30
C0_ODATA1
J78P
31
DIAY1
J78P
32
C1_HENB_B
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
68
J78P
69
J78P
70
J78P
71
J78P
HDCLK
33
J78P
34
J78P
72
J78P
DIAC0
J78P
35
DIALM0
J78P
36
C5_HENB_B
J78P
37
C4_EDATA1
J78P
C5_EDATA0
J78P
C5_ODATA0
J78P
C2_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C2_EDATA0
73
J78P
74
J78P
75
J78P
76
38
J78P
39
J78P
77
78
2
1
R1101
J78P
5-141
Part 5: Maintenance
W6200
9.6 Power Supply

8
1
Power supply
J104
1
2
3
C27E
L6E
C27D
L6D
J101
1(
F1
L1A
L1B
L)
L3
L2
D1
C4
RC 1
C6
C7
L5
C8
L4
R7
R2B
RC3
R8
D4
R32C
Q1
DZ 1
R4 3
PH 2
C2 8
P
C1 2
4,
5
L6C
R45 R48
C3 0
D1 1
R4 1
D1 0
R5
10
IC
C1 9
R10C1
R10
C1 0
D2 8
R9
R20 R22
A
A
R12A
R15
DZ1 2
R20 R22
B
B
IC
R12B
16 15 141413 12 111110109 9
IC 1
R12C
1 2 3 3 4 5 6 67 78 8
D3
13
R20 R22
C
C
R27
7 6 65
IC 2
D9
C2 2 C2 5
5
GND
D1 6
R53
D2 1
R68
C3 7
R67
C3 6
R69
C3 8
R70
C5 9
C5 5
IC
R3 9
R7 7
D1 4
R71
R72
R74
PH 3
R75
C4 0
R83
DZ 8
R78
C4 2
GND
1
Q2
R18
14
R29
D1 7
J 103
R19
DZ 3
R14
R24
R21
C2 0
R31
C2 4
PH 2
R91
R84
R36
DZ 2
C2 3
R105
C4 8
C1 8
C6 4
L8
Q8
VC C2
R30
C5 6
C2 1
Q3
R92
VR 2
R28
R23
C2 6
R104
D1 5
C3 9
VC C1
2
R82
R80
R76
IC
IC 6
6
Q7
R81
R79
R73
IC
D1D 919
R97
R112
VR 1
C1 4
GND
6
C4 1
R111
RC4
R106
PB
R34
R66
R62
R3
R37
PH 1
GND
R6 1
R59
R57
R3 8
R114
R33
C1 3
R13
IC
R40
VM
3
D2 2
D7
R11
C6 3
D2 6
SS T
D8
DZ 4
D1 3
R56
C3 3
R4 9
D2 7
R26
R16
R58
VM
8
D6
C1 6 R17
R65
D2
IC
R60
D1 8
PH3
C3 4
R54
R52
B C3 5
R52
R50
A
A
D1 2
VM
R63
R55
DZ 5
R50
B
J 102
4
PH 1
R51
Q5
R118
L10
C1 7
C5 7
C27A L6B C27F

C27F
C1 5
DZ1
R46 C3 2
C3 1
C2 9
R6
R47
R4 4
R4
Q6
Q4
L7
R42
R32B
C9
C3 A
C27B L6 F
2,3 L6A C27C
SV M
VC C1
GND
D5
R3 2A
R1A
2(N)
T1
RC 2
12
C3 B
C2
C1 A C1 B
R2 A
R1B
VM
GND
C4 3
DZ 6
R8 5
R93
16 151514 13 1212111110 9
1
R86
IC 7
4 5 6 67
C4 9 C5 0
D2 3
Q9
R88
C4 4
RT
D2 4
R98
R103
D2 0
IC
R94
STA
NDBY
C5 3
C5 1
8
R100
C4 5 R89
R101
R9 9
R95
DZ 7
C5
R87
L9
RC 5
C5 2
VC C2
J1 05
1
STA
C4 R90
7
A
R96
C5 4
D2 5
R102
2
C4 6
GND
C47B
GND
CX 2
5-142
This document is printed

on 100% recycled paper.
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CANON INC.

Canon w6200sm Service Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Canon w6200sm Service Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

REVISION 0

Copyright 2003 by Canon Inc.

I. ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Part 2: Product Specifications

Part 3: Operating Instructions

Part 4: Technical Reference

This manual does not contain complete information required for

II. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

III. ILLUSTRATION INDEX

Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Moving Parts of the Printer

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

External View of Printer

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Front View of the Printer

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Printer Block Diagram

Using the Cover Switch Tool

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

This page is intentionaly left blank

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Figure 1-1 Moving Parts of the Printer

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Figure 1-2 Ink Passages

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.2.2 Ink mist

Figure 1-3 Ink Mist

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.3 Electrical Parts

Carriage relay PCB

Head relay PCB

Figure 1-4 Electrical Parts

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

If the nozzles are clogged or purging operation is poor, white horizontal

Figure 1-5 Printhead

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time

2.1.4 Conductivity of ink

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.2 Ink Tank

2.2.2 Handling the ink tank

Ink tank cover

Figure 1-6 Installing the Ink tank

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.3 Handling the Printer

Figure 1-7 Precautions Against Static Electricity

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.3.2 Fixing the carriage

Figure 1-8 Capping Position

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.3.3 Replacing the maintenance cartridge

NOTE maintenance cartridge status is controlled by the engine firmware which

2.3.4 Refilling the ink

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER

For the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures," see Part 5: 5.2.11

2) After replacing the carriage unit

You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized (cleared).